Orion VCM-X User Manual

www.orioncontrols.com

LED BLINK CODES

LED NAME STATUS1 STATUS2

NORMALOPERATION 0 1

SATFAIL 1 2

OATFAIL 2 2

SPCFAIL 3 2

MODULEALARM 4 2

MECHCOOL FAIL 1 3

MECHHEAT FAIL 2 3

FANPROOF FAIL 3 3

DIRTYFILTER 4 3

EMERGENCYSHUTDOWN 5 3

LOWSAT 1 4

HIGHSAT 2 4

CONT.TEMP COOL FAIL 3 4

CONT.TEMP HEAT FAIL 4 4

PUSHBUTTON OVR 1 5

ZONEOVR 2 5

OUTPUTFORCE ACTIVE 0 6

VCM-X E-BUS Component &

System Wiring Technical Guide

Use For VCM-X E-BUS Controller Code: SS1030 and later

For VCM Wiring Information, See Component & System Wiring

Technical Guide - Form: OR-VCMWIRE-TGD

RS-485 COMMUNICATION LOOP. WIRE “R” TO“R”, “T” TO “T” “SHLD” TO “SHLD”

www.aaon.com

www.orioncontrols.com

VCM-X MODULAR E-BUS CONTROLLER

Orion No.:OE332-23E-VCMX-MOD-A

AI1 = SPC (SPACETEMPERATURE SENSOR)

= SAT(SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)

AI2

= RAT(RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)

AI3 AI4

= OAT(OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)

AI5

= SUCTION PRESSURE SENSOR (FROM EXP. MODULE)

AI7

= SPACETEMPERATURE SENSOR SLIDE ADJUST

OR VOLTAGE RESETSOURCE

A01

= ECONOMIZER (2-10 VDC OUTPUT)

A02

= SUPPLYFAN VFD (0-10 VDC OUTPUT)

E-BUS

CONNECTOR

ANALOG INPUT

JUMPER

SETTINGS

THERM

4-20mA

AI1

0-10V 0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI2

0-10V 0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI3

0-10V 0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI4

0-10V 0-5V

THERM 4-20mA

AI5

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI7

0-10V 0-5V

ANALOG INPUTJUMPER SETTINGS MUSTBE SET AS SHOWN FOR PROPER OPERATION

STATIC

PRESSURE

WattMaster Label #LB102073-01-A

Rev.: 1A

WARNING!POLARITY MUST BE OBSERVED

OR THE CONTROLLER WILLBE DAMAGED

2

IC

EXPANSION

RELAYCONTACT RATING IS 1AMP MAX @ 24 VAC

RELAY COMMON

FAN

RELAY2

RELAY3

RELAY4

RELAY5

AAON No.:

V07150

24 VAC POWER ONLY

2

I C DIGITAL

SENSOR

Table of Contents

SYSTEM OVERVIEW, INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING ...............................................................5

Systems Overview ..................................................................................................................................................6

System Installation ..................................................................................................................................................8

Transformer Sizing & Cabling - Devices Without Modular Connectors ............................................................9

Transformer & Wire Sizing - Devices With Modular Connectors ....................................................................10

System Commissioning .......................................................................................................................................20

SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS ............................................................................................................21

Stand Alone System Wiring ..................................................................................................................................22

Interconnected System Wiring ..............................................................................................................................23

Networked Single Loop System With CommLink Only .........................................................................................24

Networked Single Loop System With MiniLink PD & Modular VAV/Zone Controllers ...........................................25

Networked Single Loop System With MiniLink PD & Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controllers ...................................26

Networked Single Loop System With CommLink, MiniLink PD & Modular VAV/Zone Controllers ........................27

Networked Single Loop System With CommLink, MiniLink PD & Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controllers ................28

Networked Multiple Loop System Wiring With Modular VAV/Zone Controllers .....................................................29

Networked Multiple Loop System Wiring With Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controllers .............................................30

VCM-X E-BUS CONTROLLER WIRING .............................................................................................31

Main Controller Wiring ..........................................................................................................................................32

Main Controller Addressing ...................................................................................................................................33

Digital Room Sensor Wiring ..................................................................................................................................34

Wall-Mounted CO

Sensor Wiring .........................................................................................................................34

2

Duct-Mounted CO2 Sensor Wiring ........................................................................................................................35

Space Temperature Sensor Wiring .......................................................................................................................36

Remote Supply Air Reset Wiring ...........................................................................................................................36

Supply Air, Return Air, and Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor Wiring ....................................................................37

Economizer Damper Actuator Wiring ....................................................................................................................38

Supply Fan VFD & Bypass Damper Actuator Wiring ............................................................................................39

VCM-X EXPANSION, 4 BINARY INPUT, & 12 RELAY EXPANSION MODULE WIRING .....................41

VCM-X Expansion Module Input Wiring ................................................................................................................42

VCM-X Expansion Module Output Wiring .............................................................................................................43

Suction Pressure Transducer Without Digital Compressor Wiring ........................................................................44

Suction Pressure Transducer With Digital Compressor Wiring .............................................................................45

Expansion Module Binary Input Wiring .................................................................................................................46

4 Binary Input Expansion Module Wiring ..............................................................................................................47

Outdoor Air Humidity Sensor Wiring .....................................................................................................................48

2

WattMaster Controls Inc. 8500 NW River Park Drive · Parkville , MO 64152 Toll Free Phone: 866-918-1100 PH: (816) 505-1100 · FAX: (816) 505-1101 · E-mail: mail@wattmaster.com Visit our web site at www.orioncontrols.com Form: OR-VCMXWIRE-TGD-01B Copyright June 2015 W attMaster Controls, Inc.



AAON WattMaster Controls, Inc. assumes no responsibility for errors, or omissions. This document is subject to change without notice.

is a registered trademark of AAON, Inc., Tulsa, OK.

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

Table of Contents

Indoor Wall Mounted Humidity Sensor Wiring ......................................................................................................49

Return Air Humidity Sensor Wiring .......................................................................................................................50

Title 24 Economizer Actuator Feedback Wiring ....................................................................................................51

Building Pressure Sensor, Actuator & VFD Wiring ................................................................................................52

Modulating Heating Wiring ....................................................................................................................................53

Modulating Cooling Wiring ....................................................................................................................................54

Return Air Bypass Wiring ......................................................................................................................................55

12 Relay Expansion Module Wiring ......................................................................................................................56

Airﬂ ow Monitoring Station Wiring ..........................................................................................................................57

MODULAR & NON-MODULAR VAV/ZONE CONTROLLER DIAGRAMS .............................................. 59

Modular VAV/Zone Controller Actuator Package Wiring .......................................................................................60

Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controller Actuator Package Wiring ...............................................................................61

Expansion Module Wiring .....................................................................................................................................62

Slaved Zone Wiring ...............................................................................................................................................68

COMMUNICATION DEVICES DIAGRAMS ........................................................................................69

System Manager SD Modular Cable Connections ...............................................................................................70

System Manager SD Cable Pigtail - Wiring Detail ................................................................................................71

System Manager SD Networked Wiring ...............................................................................................................72

Modular Service SD Tool Connections..................................................................................................................73

System Manager Touch Screen II to VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring.................................................................74

System Manager Touch Screen II to VAV/Zone Controller Wiring ........................................................................75

CommLink 5 Connections & Wiring ......................................................................................................................76

IP Module Installation Instructions ........................................................................................................................77

On-Site Computer Connection ..............................................................................................................................78

Remote Site Computer Connection ......................................................................................................................79

USB-Link 2 Connections & Wiring ........................................................................................................................80

MiniLink Polling Device Wiring Using Modular Connectors ..................................................................................81

MiniLink Polling Device Wiring Using Wire Terminals ...........................................................................................82

Power/Comm Board Wiring - When Used For Local Loop Devices ......................................................................83

Power/Comm Board Wiring - When Used For Network Loop Devices .................................................................84

ADD-ON DEVICES DIAGRAMS .........................................................................................................85

Lighting Panel Wiring For Standard Lighting Contactors ......................................................................................86

GPC-X Controller Wiring .......................................................................................................................................87

GPC-X Controller - Address Switch Setting ..........................................................................................................88

GPC-XP Controller Wiring.....................................................................................................................................89

GPC-XP Controller Addressing & Baud Rate Setting ...........................................................................................90

GPC-XP Controller On-Board CommLink 5 Setting ..............................................................................................91

GBD-X Controller - CO

GBD-X Controller - Space Temp. Sensor Averaging Wiring .................................................................................94

GBD-X Controller Address Switch Setting ............................................................................................................96

Applications Wiring .........................................................................................................92

2

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

3

Table of Contents

MODULE WIRING & CONNECTIONS ...............................................................................................97

HP1C Module Wiring ............................................................................................................................................98

HP2C2 Module Wiring ..........................................................................................................................................99

Full Digital Module Wiring ...................................................................................................................................100

Dual Digital Module Wiring ..................................................................................................................................101

MODGAS-X Controller Wiring - Single Modulating Valve - No Staging ..............................................................102

MODGAS-X Controller Wiring - Two Modulating Staged Valves ........................................................................103

MODGAS-XWR Controller Wiring - Single Modulating Valve - No Staging ........................................................104

MODGAS-XWR Controller Wiring - Single Modulating Valve & 1 Fixed Stage...................................................105

MODGAS-XWR Controller Wiring - Two Modulating Staged Valves ..................................................................106

MHGRV-X Controller Wiring................................................................................................................................107

WSHP-X2 Controller Wiring - Single Circuit .......................................................................................................108

WSHP-X2 Controller Wiring - Dual Circuit ..........................................................................................................109

PREHEAT-X Controller Wiring ............................................................................................................................110

MODGAS II Controller Wiring ..............................................................................................................................111

MHGRV II Controller Wiring ................................................................................................................................112

MHGRV III Controller Wiring ...............................................................................................................................113

MISCELLANEOUS DIAGRAMS & TECHNICAL INFORMATION .......................................................115

Modular Room Sensor Wiring .............................................................................................................................116

EPROM Chip Locations ......................................................................................................................................117

EPROM Chip Installation Procedures .................................................................................................................120

Updating Modules with the Service Tool SD .......................................................................................................121

Temperature & Humidity Sensor Voltage-Resistance Tables ..............................................................................123

Pressure Sensors Voltage-Resistance Tables ....................................................................................................124

Suction Pressure Transducer Testing ........................................................................................... ......................125

4

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

Systems Overview

System Overview,

Installation &

Commissioning

VCM-X Component & System Wiring

5

Systems Overview

System Types

Overview

The Orion system components can be conﬁ gured into several types of systems. It is a good idea to become familiar with the different types of systems and their architecture by reading the information in this section and looking at the conﬁ guration diagrams in the System Conﬁ gurations section of this manual. The information below is de- signed to help you understand how the system components integrate with each other and the available conﬁ guration options.

System Types

Four different system conﬁ gurations are available depending on the type and number of controllers that you have on your system.

1. Stand Alone (See Figure 3, page 22 for Connection Diagram)

Interconnected

This system consists of a group of VCM-X E-BUS Controllers interconnected with communication cable to allow programming from one central location. Broadcasting between controllers is not available. Programming and status monitoring are accomplished by one or more of the following methods.

1. By using an operator interface. This can be a Modular System Manager, a System Manager TS II, a Modular Service Tool, or all 3 devices.

2. A computer interface can also be used in conjunction with the other operator interfaces listed above, or by itself. This requires a CommLink 5 or USB-Link 2 and a personal computer with the Prism 2 computer front end software installed.

2. Interconnected (See Figure 4, page 23 for Connection Diagram)

3. Networked Single Loop (See Figures 5-9, pages 24-28 for Connection Diagrams)

4. Networked Multiple Loop (See Figures 10-11, pages 29-30 for Connection Diagrams)

5. Computer, CommLink 5, IP Module, USB-Link 2 (See Figures 54-58, pages 76-80 for Connection Diagrams)

System Type Definitions

Stand Alone

This system consists of a single VCM-X E-BUS Controller. Programming and status monitoring are accomplished by one or more of the following methods.

1. By using an operator interface. This can be a Modular System Manager, a System Manager TS II, a Modular Service Tool, or all 3 devices.

2. A computer interface can also be used in conjunction with the other operator interfaces listed above, or by itself. This requires a CommLink 5 or USB-Link 2 and a personal computer with the Prism 2 computer front end software installed.

Networked Single Loop

The Networked Single Loop system, as its name implies, consists of a single communications loop. This loop utilizes a network device to share information that is broadcast from one controller to all controllers on the loop. The system can consist of the following devices.

1. A series of VCM-X E-BUS Controllers that utilizes a network device to share information that is broadcast from one controller to all controllers on the loop.

2. A single VCM-X E-BUS Controller and a series of VAV/ Zone Controllers. These VAV/Zone Controllers can either be of the Modular type or Non-modular type. The Modular type use Power/Comm Boards and prefabricated cables and the Non-Modular type utilize terminals and 2 conductor twisted pair with shield wire. A network device is used to share information which is broadcast back and forth between all controllers on the loop.

These systems require a network device in the form of either a CommLink 5 communications interface or a MiniLink Polling Device. Both network devices may also be used together. Programming and status monitoring are accomplished by the following methods:

1. By using an operator interface. This can be a Modular System Manager, a System Manager TS II, a Modular Service Tool, or all 3 devices.

2. A computer interface can also be used in conjunction with the other operator interfaces listed above, or by itself. This requires a CommLink 5 or USB-Link 2 and a personal computer with the Prism 2 computer front end software installed.

6

When using the MiniLink Polling Device alone, only the System Manager, System Manager TS II, and Modular Service Tool can be used to program and monitor the system. With the addition of the CommLink 5, the Prism 2 computer front end software and a PC can be used to program and monitor the system in addition to the Modular Service Tool, Modular System Manager, and the System Manager TS II.

VCM-X Component & System Wiring

Systems Overview

Communication Devices

Networked Multiple Loop

The Networked Multiple Loop System consists of two or more loops, each being called a “Local Loop”, with one “Network Loop” that ties the “Local Loops” together. Each of these loops can consist of one of the following groups of controllers:

1. A series of VCM-X E-BUS Controllers.

2. A single VCM-X E-BUS Controller and a series of VAV/ Zone Controllers. These VAV/Zone Controllers can either be of the Modular type or Non-modular type. The Modular type use Power/Comm Boards and prefabricated cables and the Non-Modular type utilize terminals and 2 conductor twisted pair with shield wire. A network device is used to share information which is broadcast back and forth between all controllers on the loop.

To form the Networked Multiple Loop System, the following network devices are required:

1. A MiniLink Polling Device is required per loop (Local Loop). This allows the controllers to share information that is broadcast from one controller to all controllers on that local loop.

2. One CommLink 5 is required for the entire system. It resides on the Network Loop and allows for communications between all the local loops and provides for global broadcasts to all controllers on the entire system.

Programming and status monitoring are accomplished by one or more of the following methods:

1. By using an operator interface. This can be a Modular System Manager, a System Manager TS II, a Modular Service Tool, or all 3 devices. The Modular System Manager, System Manager TS II, or Modular Service Tool connect to any “Local Loop” on the system.

2. A computer interface can also be used in conjunction with the other operator interfaces listed above, or by itself. This requires a personal computer with the Prism II computer front end software installed connected to the CommLink 5.

Network Communications Devices

MiniLink Polling Device

The MiniLink Polling device is used in the following applications:

1. This device is required on all Zoning applications. It is optional on single loop VAV systems.

2. This device is required on each local loop of all Networked Multiple Loop systems.

3.

This device is responsible for local loop broadcasts only.

It always resides on the local loop.

For a Networked Single Loop VCM-X E-BUS system, this device can be used for tenant logging and alarm reporting to a Modular System Manager or System Manager TS II. It can be used to broadcast information such as outside air temperature or outside air humidity to all devices on the local loop. It can also be used to broadcast space temperature from a GPC-X or GPC-XP Controller to any controllers on this loop that do not have their own Space Temperature Sensor.

For a Networked Single Loop VAV system, the MiniLink Polling Device can be used for tenant logging and alarm reporting to a Modular System Manager or System Manager TS II. It must be used to broadcast information such as, internal schedule, supply air temperature, fan and heat status, unoccupied calls for heating and cooling from the VAV/Zone Controllers, and forced modes of operation.

For a Networked Single Loop Zoning system, this device must be used for zone voting, because it calculates the heating and cooling totals on the loop and broadcasts cooling, venting, and heating modes to the VCM-X E-BUS Controller. It can also be used for tenant logging and alarm reporting to the Modular System Manager or System Manager TS II.

CommLink 5

The CommLink 5 device is used in the following applications.

1. A CommLink 5 is required on all Networked Multiple Loop Systems.

2. A CommLink 5 is optional on all Networked Single Loop Systems.

3. A CommLink 5 is required on any system when a permanent computer interface is desired. The USB-Link 2 can be used for temporary computer connection for setting up or servicing the system, but does not have the complete functionality that the CommLink 5 provides.

The CommLink 5 is responsible for local loop broadcasts on a Networked Single Loop system, and on this type of system, the Loop switch on the back of the CommLink must be set to “Single.” This device is responsible for network broadcasts on Networked Multiple Loop systems. On this type of system, the Loop switch on the back of the CommLink must be set to “Multiple.”

For a Networked Single Loop VCM-X E-BUS system, this device can be used for tenant logging and alarm reporting to a Modular System Manager or System Manager TS II. It can also be used to broadcast information like outside air temperature or outside air humidity to all local loops on the entire networked system. It may also be used to broadcast space temperature from a GPC-X or GPC-XP Controller to any controllers on the local loop that do not contain their own Space Temperature Sensor.

On a Networked Single Loop VAV/Zone system, the CommLink 5 can be used to broadcast information such as internal schedule, supply air temperature, fan and heat status, unoccupied calls for heating and cooling, and forced modes of operation to and from the VAV/Zone Controllers.

VCM-X Component & System Wiring

7

System Installation

Wiring Considerations

Before beginning installation, please study the wiring diagrams for the controllers you are using with your particular application. These diagrams appear in this manual and can also be found in the technical guides supplied with your speciﬁ c controllers. Wire and transformer sizing instructions and examples are found in Figures 1 & 2, pages 9-10 of this manual.

The Modular VAV/Zone Controllers are equipped with modular connections. Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controllers have wiring terminals instead of modular connectors. The VCM-X E-BUS Controller is supplied with modular connectors. The Power/Comm board is supplied with both terminals and a modular connector on the input side. All of its outputs use modular connectors. The Minlink Polling Device is equipped with both modular and wiring terminal blocks. W e recommend (when possible) using modular cables instead of hard wiring to wire terminal blocks to save installation time and eliminate wiring errors. In some cases, however, hard wiring is unavoidable. The table below lists the various Orion devices/controllers and their available termination type(s) for communications and power wiring.

Communications And Power Wiring

Terminations For Orion Products

Available Power And Communications

Orion

Controller Or

Device

VCM-X E-BUS X

VAV/Zone •X

Power/Comm

Board

MiniLink PD X

CommLink 5 X

*Modular System

Manager

System Manager

TS II

GPC-X X

GPC-XP X Lighting

Controller

* The System Manager is supplied with a pigtail connector that has a modular plug on one end and stripped wires on the other end. The pigtail is used to allow wiring connection to the HVAC unit controller wire terminals and to a 24 VAC power transformer on systems that do not use Power/ Comm boards.

Modular

Connectors

Only

X

Connections

Wire

Terminals

Only

X

Both

Modular

Connectors

And Wire

Terminals

X

Power/Comm Board Requirements

Standard Connection Conﬁ gurations and Use

Power/Comm boards are typically used on Networked, Single, and Multiple Loop systems to transfer 24 VAC power and “Local Loop” communications to Modular VAV/Zone Controllers, Modular System Managers, or other Power/Comm boards.

The Power/Comm board must always be powered by its own dedicated 24 VAC transformer connected to its 2-wire, 24 VAC input terminals (TB1).

Local Loop communications can be transferred to the Power/Comm Board via a modular cable connected to its “Comm In” modular connector input terminal (P2). This modular cable connection can originate from the “Local Loop” modular connector of the MiniLink PD for this loop, another Power/Comm board output on the same loop, or a Modular VAV/Zone Controller or Modular System Manager output on the same loop. A Power/Comm board can also be connected if desired to the “Local Loop” by hard wiring a 2-wire shielded cable connected between its 3-wire communications input terminal (TB1) and a Power/Comm board, or the MiniLink PD “Local Loop”, 3-wire communications terminal.

For detailed wiring diagrams, see the Power/Comm board wiring diagrams in the “Communication Devices Diagrams” section of this manual. For Power/Comm board transformer sizing, see Figures 1 & 2, pages 9-10 of this manual.

Alternative Connection Conﬁ guration and Use

If desired, the Power/Comm board can also be used to transfer both 24 VAC power and “Network Loop” communications to multiple MiniLink PDs. Connection between the MiniLink PD(s) and Power/ Comm board(s) is accomplished by using modular cables between the Power/Comm board’s modular output connectors and the MiniLink PD(s)’s “Network Loop” modular input connectors. When a Power/Comm board is used to connect power and communications to MiniLink PDs in this manner, that particular Power/Comm board cannot also be used to share communications and/or power with Modular VAV/Zone Controllers or Modular System Manager(s).

Warning: Do not ground the 24 VAC transformer that is to be used with the Power/Comm board. Grounding of the transformer will damage the Power/Comm board and all boards connected to it. A separate transformer must be used for each Power/Comm board. No exceptions. Do not connect any other devices to the transformer used for the Power/Comm board!

For detailed wiring diagrams, see the Power/Comm board wiring diagrams in the “Communication Devices Diagrams” section of this manual.

For Power/Comm board transformer sizing, see Figures 1 & 2, pages 9-10 of this manual.

Table 1: Communications and Power Terminations

8

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

System Installation

FILENAME

DATE:

DESCRIPTION:

PAGE

Wire & Transformer Sizing

JOB NAME

O-VCMXWRSIZ1A.CDR

Orion VCM-X System

24 VAC Power - Transformer & Wire Sizing Considerations for Devices Without Modular Connectors

Component Power Requirements

120 / 24VAC

Distance A to B cannot exceed 57.80 Ft.

Distance from A to B cannot exceed 115.60 Ft. Distance from A to C cannot exceed 115.60 Ft.

Distance from A to B cannot exceed 230.40 Ft. Distance from A to C cannot exceed Ft. Distance from A to D cannot exceed Ft. Distance from A to E cannot exceed Ft.

230.40

120 / 24VAC

Some installers like to use one large 24 VAC transformer to power several devices. This is allowable as long as polarity is maintained to each device on the transformer circuit.

Using separate transformers also allows redundancy in case of a transformer failure. Instead of having 8 controllers inoperative because of a malfunctioning transformer you have only 1 controller off line. If the installer does decide to use a large transformer to supply power to several devices, the following transformer and wire sizing information is presented to help the installer correctly supply 24 VAC power to the devices.

Following is a typical example to help the installer to correctly evaluate transformer and wiring designs.

Each GPC-XP Controller requires 8 VA @ 24VAC power. In the examples below we have a total of 8 GPC-XP Controllers.

8 GPC-XP Controllers @ 8 VA each................ 8 x 8 VA = 64 VA.

The above calculation determines that our transformer will need to be sized for a minimum of 64 VA if we are to use one transformer to power all the controllers.

Next we must determine the maximum length of run allowable for the wire gauge we wish to use in the installation. Each wire gauge below has a voltage drop per foot value we use to calculate total voltage drop.

18ga wire.................................0.00054 = voltage drop per 1’ length of wire

16ga wire.................................0.00034 = voltage drop per 1’ length of wire

14ga wire.................................0.00021 = voltage drop per 1’ length of wire

For our example we will use 18 gauge wire. WattMaster recommends 18 gauge as a minimum wire size for all power wiring.

Next use the voltage drop per foot value for 18 gauge wire from the list above and multiply by the total VA load of the 8 controllers to be installed.

0.00054 (Voltage drop per foot for 18 gauge wire) x 64VA controller load = Volts/Ft.

WattMaster controllers will operate efficiently with a voltage drop no greater than 2 Volts. Divide the total allowable voltage drop of 2 Volts by the number you arrived at above and you have the maximum number of feet you can run the 18 gauge wire with an 75 VA transformer with no more than a 2 Volt drop at the farthest controller from the transformer..

2 (Volts total allowable voltage drop)

= 57.80

0.0346 (Voltage drop per 1 ft. @ 64VA load)

Parallel circuiting of the wiring instead of wiring all 8 controllers in series allows for longer wire runs to be used with the same size wire (as shown in our examples below).

Warning: If polarity is not maintained, severe damage to the devices may result. WattMaster Controls recommends

using a separate transformer for each device in order to eliminate the potential for damaging controllers due to incorrect polarity.

0.0346

feet

It is often necessary for the installer to calculate and weigh the cost and installation advantages and disadvantages of wire size, transformer size, multiple transformers, circuiting, etc., when laying out an installation. No matter what layout scheme is decided upon, it is mandatory that the farthest controller on the circuit is supplied with a minimum of 22 Volts.

GPC-X Controller ............................8 VA

VCM-X E-BUS Controller ................8 VA

GPC-XP Controller ..........................8 VA

Lighting Panel Controller .....10 VA

MiniLink Polling Device..........6 VA

A

BCDE

B

BC

1 of 2

01/07/13

VAV/Zone Controller.........................6 VA

Transformer Sizing & Wiring For Devices W/Out Modular Connectors

Figure 1: Transformer & Wire Sizing - Devices without Modular Connectors

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

9

System Installation

FILENAME

DATE:

B. CREWS

DESCRIPTION:

PAGE

DRAWN BY:

Wire & Transformer Sizing

JOB NAME

2 of 22 of 2

24VAC Power - Transformer & Cabling Considerations for Devices With Modular Connectors

Modular devices include the VAV/Zone Controller, Modular System Manager & MiniLink Polling Device. When sizing transformers for the devices it is important to design your layout so that the fewest number of Power/Comm distribution boards and the least number of transformers can be used. The polarity problem discussed in regards to other devices that do not have modular connections is not an issue with the modular devices as they cannot be connected with reversed polarity because of the modular board connectors and cable. Also the prefabricated cable is always 16 gauge. Wire size selection is therefore not an issue with the modular devices. However, the same minimum voltage rules apply to modular devices as with other non-modular devices. In order to simplify wiring design and layout with modular devices the following rules apply:

Power/Comm Board maximum transformer size = 100VA. This is due to the board circuitry and fusing. Each modular device is to be calculated at 6VA. This allows for a maximum of 16 devices per Power/Commboard. If more than 16 devices are required, multiple Power/Comm boards must be used.

No more than 6 modular devices allowed per branch circuit. (The Power/Comm board has a total of 4 branch circuits)

The longest total run per branch circuit is 240 Ft. This is due to voltage drop on the prefabricated cable.

Below are some examples of transformer sizing and branch circuit design.

120 / 24VAC

80 VA

Transformer

Minimum

See Warning

Note Below

40 VA

Transformer

Minimum

See Warning

Note Below

100 VA

Transformer

Minimum

See Warning

Note Below

75 VA

Transformer

Minimum

See Warning

Note Below

Power/Comm

Board

Power/Comm

Board

Power/Comm

Board

Power/Comm

Board

Total length of all modular cables used on each branch ( A to B) cannot exceed 240 Ft.

A

12 Devices At 6 VA = 72 VA Use 75 VA Transformer

WARNING!

DO NOT GROUND THE 24V TRANSFORMER THAT IS TO BE USED WITH THE POWER/COMM BOARDS. GROUNDING OF THE TRANSFORMER WILL DAMAGE THE POWER/COMM BOARD AND ALL BOARDS CONNECTED TO IT. A SEPARATE TRANSFORMER MUST BE USED FOR EACH POWER/COMMBOARD. NO EXCEPTIONS. DO NOT CONNECT ANY OTHER DEVICES TO THE TRANSFORMER USED FOR THE POWER/COMM BOARD!

6 Devices At 6 VA = 36 VA Use 40 VA Transformer

16 Devices At 6 VA = 96 VA Use 100 VA Transformer

13 Devices At 6 VA = 78 VA Use 80 VA Transformer

6 Devices Maximum Per Branch Circuit

O-VCMXWRSIZ1A.CDR

Orion VCM-X System

03/09/06

Transformer Sizing & Cabling For Devices With Modular Connectors

Figure 2: Transformer & Wire Sizing - Devices with Modular Connectors

10

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

System Installation

Stand-Alone

MiniLink Polling Device (MiniLink PD)

Standard Connection Conﬁ gurations and Use

The MiniLink PD is used on Networked Single and Multiple Loop systems to provide two-way communication between all devices on it’s “Local Loop” and to all the other “Network Loop” devices on the entire system. The MiniLink PD is equipped with both modular connectors and hard wiring terminal blocks for connection of 24 VAC power “Local Loop” and “Network Loop” communications.

Each MiniLink PD is normally hard wired to a 24 VAC power source connected to its 24 VAC input terminal (TB1). “Network Loop” communications are transferred between multiple MiniLink PDs by modular cables connected to their “Network Loop” modular connectors (P3 and P5). A CommLink 5 must be connected to one of the MiniLink PDs on the system by using a 2-wire shielded cable connected between its 3-wire “Network Loop” communications terminal block (TB4) and to the CommLink’s “485 Loop” terminal block. Transfer of “Local Loop” communication from the MiniLink PD to a Power/Comm board is made by using a modular cable connected between the MiniLink PD “Local Loop” modular connector (P4) and the Power/Comm board modular “Comm In” connector (P2). If desired as an alternative, transfer of “Local Loop” communication from the MiniLink PD to a Power/Comm board can be made by hard wiring a 2-wire shielded cable connected between the MiniLink PD’s 3-wire communications terminal (TB1) and the 3-wire communications input (TB1) on the Power/Comm board.

Installation Procedures

The installation procedures that follow are based on recommended methods of wiring connection and controller installation. Installation procedures vary depending on the type of system you are installing. The system you are installing could be a Stand Alone, Interconnected, Networked Single Loop, or Networked Multiple Loop system. The Networked System also has installation variations based on the type of components you are installing for that system. The following information explains the procedures for all of these systems. Please ﬁ nd the system and components that closely match your system and follow the outlined procedures.

Stand Alone Systems

See Figure 3, page 22 of this manual for a detailed Stand Alone System wiring diagram. Also see pages 9-10 for wire and transformer sizing information. Y ou should review these diagrams before attempting connections or powering up the controller or interface devices.

1. Install a 24 VAC, 8 VA minimum, transformer for the VCM-X E-BUS Controller and wire from transformer to the controller using 18 gauge minimum, 2 conductor cable for power. Observe polarity on all power wiring.

2. The Modular Service Tool SD connects to the controllers using the supplied cable with DIN connectors on both ends. The connection point on the controller is located near the communications connector. The Comm unications setting must be set to Lo Speed Stand Alone.

3. The Modular System Manager SD comes supplied with a 12 foot modular cable with a modular connector on one end and stripped wires on the other. If the Modular System Manager is to be mounted in a remote location, run 18 gauge, 2 conductor shielded cable for communications from the controller’s 3 wire communications terminal to a junction box. Run 18 gauge minimum, 2-wire, power wires from a separate 24 VAC, 6 VA minimum transformer into the junction box. Splice the modular cable to the communications and power wire inside of the junction box by making solid connections, using wire nuts or butt splice connectors. The Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed Stand Alone.

4. The System Manager TS II utilizes a 3-wire communication terminal block for connection to any controller on the communications local loop that has communication wire terminals. A separate transformer is required for the System Manager TS II. It has a 2-wire 24 VAC terminal block for connection to a 24 VAC transformer. The transformer should be sized to provide 6 VA minimum power and should be connected using using 18 gauge minimum 2 conductor wire. In the Settings Menu, enter Address.

5. If a CommLink 5 is used for a computer interface, connect communications using 18 gauge, 2 conductor with shield cable. Connect from the controller’s 3-wire communications connector to the CommLink’s 3-wire communications connector. For this type of system, the Loop switch located on the back of the CommLink 5 must be set to “Single”.

6. Use 18 gauge minimum, 2-wire cable for all 24 VAC power wiring. Be sure to maintain polarity on all boards. If a CommLink is connected, use the 110 VAC/24 VAC power supply furnished with the CommLink for its power source.

7. Before powering up the controller, set the desired board address on the controller (usually 1).

<0> for the System Manager

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

11

System Installation

Interconnected & Networked Single Loop

Interconnected Systems

See Figure 4, page 23 for a detailed Interconnected System wir- ing diagram. Also see pages 9-10 for wire and transformer sizing information. You should review these diagrams before attempting connections or powering up the controller or interface devices.

1. Connect all VCM-X E-BUS Controllers in a daisy chain format using 18 gauge, 2 conductor shielded cable for communications. Install a separate 24 VAC, 8 VA minimum transformer for each VCM-X E-BUS Controller and wire the transformers to each controller using 18 gauge minimum, 2 conductor cable. Observe polarity on all boards.

2. The Modular Service Tool SD will connect to any of the controllers using the supplied cable with DIN connectors on both ends. The connection point on the controller is located near the communications connector. The Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed Stand Alone.

3. The Modular System Manager SD comes supplied with a 12 foot modular cable with a modular connector on one end and stripped wires on the other. If the Modular System Manager is to be mounted in a remote location, run 18 gauge, 2 conductor shielded cable for communications from the controller’s 3-wire communications terminal to a junction box. Run 18 gauge minimum, 2-wire power wires from a separate 24 VAC, 6 VA minimum transformer into the junction box. Splice the modular cable to the communications and power wire inside of the junction box by making solid connections, using wire nuts or butt splice connectors. The Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed Stand Alone. .

4. The System Manager TS II utilizes a 3-wire communication terminal block for connection to any controller on the communications local loop that has communication wire terminals. A separate transformer is required for the System Manager TS II. It has a 2-wire 24 VAC terminal block for connection to a 24 VAC transformer. The transformer should be sized to provide 6 VA minimum power and should be connected using 18 gauge minimum 2 conductor wire. In the Settings Menu, enter sure One to One Unit Connection is not selected.

5. If a CommLink 5 is used to provide for connection to a computer interface, connect communications using 18 gauge, 2 conductor shielded cable. Connect from one of the controller’s 3-wire communications connectors to the CommLink’s 3-wire communications connector. For this type of system, the Loop switch on the back of the CommLink needs to be set to “Single”.

<0> for the System Manager Address and make

6. Use 18 gauge minimum, 2-wire cable for all 24 VAC power wiring. Be sure to maintain polarity on all boards. If a CommLink 5 is installed, use the 110 VAC/24 VAC power supply furnished with the CommLink for its power source.

7. Before powering up the controllers, set each controller’s board address to a unique number from 1 through 60.

Networked Single Loop Systems

See Figures 5-9, pages 24-28 for detailed Networked Single Loop System wiring diagrams. Also see pages 9-10 for wire and transformer sizing information. Y ou should review these diagrams before attempting connections or powering up the controller or interface devices.

Loop Containing VCM-X E-BUS Controllers Only (Using CommLink 5)

1. Connect all VCM-X E-BUS Controllers on the loop in a daisy chain format using 18 gauge, 2 conductor shielded cable wiring from each controller’s communication terminals to the next controller’s communication terminals. Install a separate 24 VAC, 8 VA minimum transformer for each controller and wire from controllers to the transformers using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable. Be sure to observe polarity on all boards.

2. Connect 18 gauge minimum 2 conductor shielded cable from one of the VCM-X E-BUS Controller’s 3 wire communication terminals to the CommLink5’s 3 wire communications terminal. The Loop switch on the back of the CommLink must be set to “Single” for this installation. Use the 110 VAC/24 VAC power supply furnished with the CommLink for its power source.

3. The Modular Service Tool SD will connect to any of the controllers using the supplied cable with DIN connectors on both ends. The connection point on the controller is located near the communications connector. The Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed Network Mode.

4. The Modular System Manager SD comes supplied with a 12 foot long modular cable with a modular connector on one end and stripped wires on the other. If the System Manager is to be mounted in a remote location, run 18 gauge, 2 conductor shielded cable for communications from one of the controller’s 3 wire communications terminals to a junction box. Run 18 gauge, 2 wire, 24 VAC power wires supplied by a separate transformer into the junction box. Splice modular cable to the communications and power wire inside of the junction box using solid connections from wire nuts or buttsplice connectors. The Modular System Manager MUST always be connected on the “Local Loop”, never the “Network Loop”. The Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed Network Mode.

12

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

System Installation

Networked Single Loop

5. The System Manager TS II utilizes a 3 wire communication terminal block for connection to any controller on the communications local loop that has communication wire terminals. A separate transformer is required for the System Manager TS II. It has a 2 wire 24 VAC terminal block for connection to a 24 VAC transformer. The transformer should be sized to provide 6 VA minimum power and should be connected using 18 gauge minimum, 2 conductor wire. In the Settings Menu, enter

6. Before powering up the controllers, set each controller’s

board address to a unique number from 1 through 59.

Loop Containing VCM-X E-BUS Controller with Modular VAV/Zone Controllers and MiniLink PD Only

1. Connect all controllers in a daisy chain format

using 18 gauge, 2 conductor shielded cable for communications. Using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable for power, install a 24 VAC, 8 VA minimum, transformer for the VCM-X E-BUS Controller and wire from the transformer to the VCM-X E-BUS Controller. Using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable for power, install a separate 24 VAC transformer sized for the required VA load for each Power/Comm board on the loop and wire from each transformer to its Power/ Comm board. Observe polarity on all boards.

2. Connect 2 conductor shielded cable from the VCM-X

E-BUS Controller’s 3 wire communications connector to the MiniLink PD’s 3 wire communications connector marked “Local Loop”. Use 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable for all power wiring and be sure to maintain polarity on all boards.

3. Using a modular cable, connect from the MiniLink PD’s

modular connector marked “Local Loop” to a Power/Comm board’s modular input connector.

4. Using modular cables, connect from the Power/Comm

board’s modular output connectors to the Modular VAV/ Zone Controllers. The VAV/Zone Controllers connect together using modular cables from each VAV/Zone Controller to the next controller and/or to a Power/ Comm board. A maximum of 16 VAV/Zone Controllers are allowed per Power/Comm board. If you have more than 16 VAV/Zone Controllers, you will need multiple Power/Comm boards. Each Power/Comm board must have its own 24 VAC transformer sized for the total number of VAV/Zone Controllers connected to it.

<63> for the System Manager Address.

6. The Modular System Manager SD can connect to any VAV/Zone Controller or directly to one of the Power/ Comm board’s modular output connectors. The Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed Network Mode.

7. The System Manager TS II utilizes a 3 wire communication terminal block for connection to any controller on the communications local loop that has communication wire terminals. Since you are using Modular VAV/Zone Controllers, you can use a modular pigtail connector that has a modular connector on one end and stripped wires on the other to connect the System Manager TS II to the Power/Comm board or one of the Modular VAV/Zone Controllers. A separate transformer is required for the System Manager TS II. It has a 2 wire 24 VAC terminal block for connection to a 24 VAC transformer. The transformer should be sized to provide 6 VA minimum power and should be connected using 18 gauge minimum wire. In the Settings Menu, enter <63> for the System Manager Address.

8. Before powering up the controllers, set each VAV/ Zone Controller’s board address to a unique number from 1 through 58. Address the VCM-X E-BUS Controller at 59. Set MiniLink PD’s address at 1.

Note: Only communications, not power, are transferred from the MiniLink Polling Device to the Power/ Comm board via the modular cable. A separate transformer is required for the MiniLink Polling Device. Both power and communications are transferred from the Power/Comm board to the VAV/Zone Controllers and the Modular System Manager.

Warning: Each Power/Comm board must have its own 24 VAC transformer for its power source. This transformer cannot be shared with any other board. Do not ground the transformer that is connected to the Power/Comm board. The transformer should be sized for the required VA by using the information found on pages 9-10 of this manual.

5. The Modular Service Tool SD will connect to any of the

controllers using the supplied cable with DIN connectors on both ends. The connection point on the controller is located near the communications connector. The Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed Network Mode.

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

13

System Installation

Networked Single Loop

Loop Containing VCM-X E-BUS Controller with Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controllers and MiniLink PD Only

1. Connect 2 conductor shielded cable from the VCM-X E-BUS Controller’s 3 wire communications connector to the MiniLink PD’s 3 wire communications connector marked “Local Loop”. Using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable for power, install a 24 VAC, 8 VA minimum, transformer for the VCM-X E-BUS Controller and wire from the transformer to the VCM-X E-BUS Controller. Also connect a 24 VAC 6 VA minimum transformer to the MiniLink PD power terminals using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable. Then wire from the VCM-X E-BUS Controller’s 3 wire communications connector or the MiniLink PD’s 3 wire communications connector marked ”Local Loop” to the ﬁ rst VAV/Zone Controller’s 3 wire communications terminals. Using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable, connect all of the associated Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controllers in a daisy chain format using 18 gauge, 2 conductor shielded cable for communications. Using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable for power, install a 24 VAC, 6 VA minimum, transformer for each Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controller and wire from each transformer to its VAV/Zone Controller. WattMaster recommends you use a separate transformer for each VAV/Zone Controller as stated. As an alternative, it is allowable to have several NonModular VAV/Zone Controllers share one properly sized transformer (6 VA per VAV/Zone Controller). Warning:

Polarity must be observed on all of the VAV/Zone Controllers or damage to the controllers will result. Use

18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable for all power wiring and be sure to maintain polarity on all boards.

2. The Modular System Manager can connect to any VAV/ Zone Controller or to the VCM-X E-BUS Controller. Use the supplied pigtail cable which has a modular connector for connection to the back of the Modular System Manager and wire to any controller on the communications local loop with communication wire terminals. A separate transformer is required for the Modular System Manager. Connect the 2 power wires from the pigtail connector to a 24 VAC transformer. The transformer should be sized to provide 6 VA minimum power. The Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed Network Mode.

3. The Modular Service Tool SD will connect to any of the controllers using the supplied cable with DIN connectors on both ends. The connection point on the controller is located near the communications connector. The Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed Network Mode.

4. The System Manager TS II utilizes a 3 wire communication terminal block for connection to any controller on the communications local loop that has communication wire terminals. A separate transformer is required for the System Manager TS II. It has a 2 wire 24 VAC terminal block for connection to a 24 VAC transformer. The transformer should be sized to provide 6 VA minimum power and should be connected using 18 gauge minimum wire. In the Settings Menu, enter for the System Manager Address.

5. Before powering up the controllers, set each VAV/

Zone Controller’s board address to a unique number from 1 through 58. Address the VCM-X E-BUS Controller at 59. Set MiniLink PD’s address at 1.

Loop Containing VCM-X E-BUS Controller with Modular VAV/Zone Controllers and CommLink 5 Only

1. Connect all controllers in a daisy chain format

using 18 gauge, 2 conductor shielded cable for communications. Using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable for power, install a 24 VAC, 8 VA minimum, transformer for the VCM-X E-BUS Controller and wire from transformer to the VCM-X E-BUS Controller. Using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable for power, install a separate 24 VAC, transformer sized for the required VA load for each Power/Comm board on the loop and wire from each transformer to its Power/ Comm board. Observe polarity on all boards.

2. Use 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable for all 24 VAC

power wiring. Be sure to maintain polarity on all boards. Use the 110 VAC/24 VAC power supply furnished with the CommLink for its power source.

3. Using 2 conductor shielded cable, connect from the

CommLink 5’s 3 wire communications connector to the Power/Comm board’s or VCM-X E-BUS Controller’s 3 wire communications input connector. The Loop switch on the back of the CommLink 5 should be set to “Single”.

4. Using modular cables, connect from the Power/Comm

board’s modular output connectors to the VAV/ Zone Controllers. The VAV/Zone Controllers connect together using modular cables from each VAV/Zone Controller to the next controller and/or to a Power/ Comm board. A maximum of 16 VAV/Zone Controllers are allowed per Power/Comm board. If you have more than 16 VAV/Zone Controllers, you will need multiple Power/Comm boards. Each Power/Comm board must have its own 24 VAC transformer sized for the total number of VAV/Zone Controllers connected to it.

<63>

14

5. The Modular System Manager can connect to any VAV/

Zone Controller or directly to one of the Power/Comm board’s modular output connectors. The Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed Network Mode.

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

System Installation

Networked Single Loop

6. The Modular Service Tool SD will connect to any of the controllers using the supplied cable with DIN connectors on both ends. The connection point on the controller is located near the communications connector. The Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed Network Mode.

7. The System Manager TS II utilizes a 3 wire communication terminal block for connection to any controller on the communications local loop that has communication wire terminals. A separate transformer is required for the System Manager TS II. It has a 2 wire 24 VAC terminal block for connection to a 24 VAC transformer. The transformer should be sized to provide 6 VA minimum power and should be connected using 18 gauge minimum wire. In the Settings Menu, enter Address.

8. Before powering up the controllers, set each VAV/ Zone Controller’s board address to a unique number from 1 through 58. Address the VCM-X E-BUS Controller at 59.

Note: Both power and communications are transferred from the Power/Comm board to the VAV/Zone Controllers and the Modular System Manager. Only communications are transferred from Power/Comm board to Power/Comm board.

<63> for the System Manager

the ﬁ rst VAV/Zone Controller’s 3 wire communications terminal. Connect all of the associated Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controllers in a daisy chain format using 18 gauge, 2 conductor shielded cable for communications. Using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable for power, install a 24 VAC, 6 VA minimum, transformer for each Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controller and wire from each transformer to its VAV/Zone Controller. WattMaster recommends you use a separate transformer for each VAV/Zone Controller as stated. As an alternative, it is allowable to have several Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controllers share one properly sized transformer (6 VA per VAV/Zone Controller). Warning: Polarity must be

observed on all of the VAV/Zone Controllers or damage to the controllers will result. Use 18 gauge minimum,

2 wire cable for all 24 VAC power wiring. Be sure to maintain polarity on all boards.

3. The Modular System Manager can connect to any VAV/ Zone Controller or to the VCM-X E-BUS Controller. Use the supplied pigtail cable which has a modular connector for connection to the back of the Modular System Manager and wire to any controller on the communications local loop with communication wire terminals. A separate transformer is required for the Modular System Manager. Connect the 2 power wires from the pigtail connector to a 24 VAC transformer. The transformer should be sized to provide 6 VA minimum power. The Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed Network Mode.

Warning: Each Power/Comm board must have its own 24 VAC transformer for its power source. This transformer cannot be shared with any other board. Do not ground the transformer that is connected to the Power/Comm board. The trans former should be sized for the required VA by using the information found on pages 9-10 of this manual.

Loop Containing VCM-X E-BUS Controller with Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controllers and CommLink 5 Only

1. Connect 2 conductor shielded cable from the VCM-X E-BUS Controller’s 3 wire communications connector to the CommLink 5’s 3 wire communications connector. Use the 110 VAC/24 VAC power supply furnished with the CommLink for its power source. Be sure to maintain polarity on all boards. The Loop switch on the back of the CommLink 5 should be set to “Single”.

2. Using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable for power, install a 24 VAC, 8 VA minimum, transformer for the VCM-X E-BUS Controller and wire from the transformer to the VCM-X E-BUS Controller. Then wire from the VCM-X E-BUS Controller’s 3 wire communications connector or the CommLink 5’s 3 wire communications connector to

4. The Modular Service Tool SD will connect to any of the controllers using the supplied cable with DIN connectors on both ends. The connection point on the controller is located near the communications connector. The Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed Network Mode.

5. The System Manager TS II utilizes a 3 wire communication terminal block for connection to any controller on the communications local loop that has communication wire terminals. A separate transformer is required for the System Manager TS II. It has a 2 wire 24 VAC terminal block for connection to a 24 VAC transformer. The transformer should be sized to provide 6 VA minimum power and should be connected using using 18 gauge minimum wire. In the Settings Menu, enter Address.

6. Before powering up the controllers, set each VAV/ Zone Controller’s board address to a unique number from 1 through 58. Address the VCM-X E-BUS Controller at 59.

<63> for the System Manager

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

15

System Installation

Networked Single Loop

Loop Containing VCM-X E-BUS Controller with Modular V A V/ Zone Controllers, MiniLink PD, and CommLink 5

1. Connect the CommLink 5 to the MiniLink PD by using 2 conductor shielded cable to connect from the CommLink 5’s 3 wire communications connector to the MiniLink PD’s 3 wire communications connector marked “Network Loop”. Use the 110 VAC/24 VAC power supply furnished with the CommLink for its power source. Be sure to maintain polarity on all boards. The Loop switch on the back of the CommLink 5 should be set to “Multiple”. Also connect a 24 VAC 6 VA minimum transformer to the MiniLink PD power terminals using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable.

2. Connect all controllers in a daisy chain format using 18 gauge, 2 conductor shielded cable for communications. Using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable for power, install a 24 VAC, 8 VA minimum, transformer for the VCM-X E-BUS Controller and wire from the transformer to the VCM-X E-BUS Controller. Using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable for power, install a separate 24 VAC transformer sized for the required VA load for each Power/Comm Board on the loop and wire from each transformer to its Power/Comm board. Observe polarity on all boards.

3. Using 2 conductor shielded cable, connect from the VCM-X E-BUS Controller’s 3 wire communications connector to the MiniLink PD’s 3 wire communications connector marked “Local Loop”. Use 18 gauge minimum wire for power and observe polarity on all boards.

4. Using a modular cable, connect from the MiniLink PD’s modular connector marked “Local Loop” to a Power/Comm board’s modular input connector.

5. Using modular cables, connect from the Power/Comm board’s modular output connectors to the VAV/Zone Controllers. The VAV/Zone Controllers connect together using modular cables from each VAV/Zone Controller to the next controller and/or to a Power/Comm board. A maximum of 16 VAV/Zone Controllers are allowed per Power/Comm board. If you have more than 16 VAV/ Zone Controllers, you will need multiple Power/Comm boards. Each Power/Comm board must have its own 24 VAC transformer sized for the total number of VAV/ Zone Controllers connected to it.

6. The Modular System Manager can connect to any VAV/Zone Controller or directly to one of the Power/ Comm board’s modular output connectors. The Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed Network Mode.

7. The System Manager TS II utilizes a 3 wire communication terminal block for connection to any controller on the communications local loop that has communication wire terminals. Since you are using

Modular VAV/Zone Controllers, you can use a modular pigtail connector that has a modular connector on one end and stripped wires on the other to connect the System Manger TS II to the Power/Comm board or one of the Modular VAV/Zone Controllers. A separate transformer is required for the System Manager TS II. It has a 2 wire 24 VAC terminal block for connection to a 24 VAC transformer. The transformer should be sized to provide 6 VA minimum power and should be connected using 18 gauge minimum wire. In the Settings Menu, enter <63> for the System Manager Address.

8. The Modular Service Tool SD will connect to any of the controllers using the supplied cable with DIN connectors on both ends. The connection point on the controller is located near the communications connector. The Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed Network Mode.

9. Before powering up the controllers, set each VAV/

Zone Controller’s board address to a unique number from 1 through 58. Address the VCM-X E-BUS Controller at 59. Set MiniLink PD’s address at 1.

Note: Only communications, not power, is transferred from the MiniLink Polling Device to the Power/ Comm board via the modular cable. Both power and communications are transferred from the Power/ Comm board to the VAV/Zone Controllers and the Modular System Manager.

Warning: Each Power/Comm board must have its own 24 VAC transformer for its power source. This transformer cannot be shared with any other board. Do not ground the transformer that is connected to the Power/Comm board. The transformer should be sized for the required VA by using the information found on pages 9-10 of this manual.

Loop Containing VCM-X E-BUS Controller with Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controllers, MiniLink PD, and CommLink 5

1. Connect the CommLink 5 to the MiniLink PD by using 2 conductor shielded cable to connect from the CommLink’s 3 wire communications connector to the MiniLink PD’s 3 wire communications connector marked “Network Loop”. Use the 110 VAC/24 VAC power supply furnished with the CommLink for its power source. Be sure to maintain polarity on all boards. The Loop switch on the back of the CommLink 5 should be set to “Multiple”. Also connect a 24 VAC 6 VA minimum transformer to the MiniLink PD power terminal using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable.

16

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

System Installation

Networked Multiple Loop

2. Connect all controllers in a daisy chain format using 2 conductor shielded cable to connect from the controller’s 3 wire communications connector to the MiniLink PD’s 3 wire communications connector marked “Local Loop”. Using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable for power, install a 24 VAC, 8 VA minimum, transformer for the VCM-X E-BUS Controller and wire from the transformer to the VCM-X E-BUS Controller. Then wire from the VCM-X E-BUS Controller’s 3 wire communications connector to the MiniLink PD’s 3 wire communications connector marked “Local Loop”. From either the MiniLink PD connector marked “Local Loop” or the VCM-X E-BUS Controller’s 3 wire communications connector, wire to the ﬁ rst VAV/Zone Controller’s 3 wire communications terminal. Using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable, connect all of the associated Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controllers in a daisy chain format using 18 gauge, 2 conductor shielded cable for communications.

3. Using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable for power, install a 24 VAC, 6 VA minimum, transformer for each Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controller and wire from each transformer to its VAV/Zone Controller. WattMaster recommends you use a separate transformer for each VAV/Zone Controller as stated. As an alternative, it is allowable to have several Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controllers share one properly sized transformer (6 VA per VAV/Zone Controller). Warning: Polarity must be

observed on all of the VAV/Zone Controllers or damage to the controllers will result. Use 18 gauge minimum, 2

wire cable for all power wiring and be sure to maintain polarity on all boards.

4. The Modular System Manager can connect to any VAV/ Zone Controller or to the VCM-X E-BUS Controller. Use the supplied pigtail cable which has a modular connector for connection to the back of the Modular System Manager and wire to any controller on the communications local loop with communication wire terminals. A separate transformer is required for the Modular System Manager. Connect the 2 power wires from the pigtail connector to a 24 VAC transformer. The transformer should be sized to provide 6 VA minimum power. The Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed Network Mode.

5. The System Manager TS II utilizes a 3 wire communication terminal block for connection to any controller on the communications local loop that has communication wire terminals. Since you are using Modular VAV/Zone Controllers, you can use a modular pigtail connector that has a modular connector on one end and stripped wires on the other to connect the System Manager TS II to the Power/Comm board or one of the Modular VAV/Zone Controllers. A separate transformer is required for the System Manager TS II. It has a 2 wire 24 VAC terminal block for connection to a

24 VAC transformer. The transformer should be sized to provide 6 VA minimum power and should be connected using 18 gauge minimum wire. In the Settings Menu, enter <63> for the System Manager Address.

6. The Modular Service Tool SD will connect to any of the controllers using the supplied cable with DIN connectors on both ends. The connection point on the controller is located near the communications connector. The Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed Network Mode.

7. Before powering up the controllers, set each VAV/

Zone Controller’s board address to a unique number from 1 through 58. Address the VCM-X E-BUS Controller at 59. Set MiniLink PD’s address at 1.

Networked Multiple Loop Systems

See Figures 10-11, pages 29-30 of this manual for detailed Networked Multiple Loop System wiring diagrams. Also see pages 9-10 for wire and transformer sizing information. You should review these diagrams before attempting connections or powering up the controller or interface devices.

Local Loops containing VCM-X E-BUS Controllers with Modular VAV/Zone Controllers

1. Using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable for power, install

a 24 VAC, 8 VA minimum, transformer for the VCM-X E-BUS Controller and wire from the transformer to the VCM-X E-BUS Controller. Using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable for power, install a separate 24 VAC, transformer sized for the required VA load for each Power/Comm board on the loop and wire from each transformer to its Power/Comm board. Observe polarity on all boards.

2. Using 2 conductor shielded cable, connect from the

VCM-X E-BUS Controller’s 3 wire communications connector to the MiniLink PD’s 3 wire communications connector marked “Local Loop”. Use 18 gauge minimum wire for power and observe polarity on all boards.

3. Using a modular cable, connect from the MiniLink PD’S

modular connector marked “Local Loop” to the Power/ Comm board’s modular input connector.

4. Using modular cables, connect from the Power/Comm

board’s modular output connectors to the VAV/Zone Controllers. The V AV/Zone Controllers connect together using modular cables from each VAV/Zone Controller to the next controller and/or to a Power/Comm board. A maximum of 16 VAV/Zone Controllers are allowed per Power/Comm board. If you have more than 16 VAV/ Zone Controllers, you will need multiple Power/Comm boards. Each Power/Comm board must have its own 24 VAC transformer sized for the total number of VAV/ Zone Controllers connected to it.

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

17

System Installation

Networked Multiple Loop

5. Repeat the above steps for each local loop containing VCM-X E-BUS Controllers with VAV/Zone Controllers.

6. The Modular System Manager can connect to any VAV/Zone Controller on the entire system or directly to one of the Power/Comm board’s modular output connectors using modular cable. The Modular Service Tool will connect to any of the controllers using the supplied cable with DIN connectors on both ends. The connection point on the controllers is located near the communications connector. The Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed Network Mode.

7. The System Manager TS II utilizes a 3 wire communication terminal block for connection to any controller on the communications local loop that has communication wire terminals. Since you are using Modular VAV/Zone Controllers, you can use a modular pigtail connector that has a modular connector on one end and stripped wires on the other to connect the System Manager TS II to the Power/Comm board or one of the Modular VAV/Zone Controllers. A separate transformer is required for the System Manager TS II. It has a 2 wire 24 VAC terminal block for connection to a 24 VAC transformer. The transformer should be sized to provide 6 VA minimum power and should be connected using 18 gauge minimum wire.

8. The Modular Service Tool SD will connect to any of the controllers using the supplied cable with DIN connectors on both ends. The connection point on the controller is located near the communications connector. The Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed Network Mode.

9. Using 2 conductor shielded cable, connect from the CommLink 5’s 3 wire communications connector to one of the MiniLink PD’s 3 wire communications connector marked “Network Loop”. The Loop switch on the back of the CommLink 5 must be set to “Multiple”. The CommLink 5 only needs to be connected to one of the MiniLink PDs on the system.

10. Using a modular cable, connect from each MiniLink PD’s modular connector marked “Network Loop” to the next MiniLink PD’s “Network Loop” modular input connector using modular cable. Connect all the remaining MiniLink PD’s in the same manner using a daisy chain format.

11. Before powering up the controllers, set each VAV/ Zone Controller’s board address to a unique number from 1 through 58. Address the VCM-X E-BUS Controller at 59. Set MiniLink PD’s address from 1 to

60.

Note: Both power and communications are transferred from the Power/Comm board to the VAV/Zone Controllers and the Modular System Manager.

Warning: Each Power/Comm board must have its own 24 VAC transformer for its power source. This transformer cannot be shared with any other board. Do not ground the transformer that is con nected to the Power/Comm board. The transform er should be sized for the required VA by using the information found on pages 9-10 of this manual.

Local Loops containing VCM-X E-BUS Controllers with Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controllers

1. Using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable for power, install a 24 VAC, 8 VA minimum, transformer for the VCM-X E-BUS Controller and wire from the transformer to the VCM-X E-BUS Controller.

2. Using 2 conductor shielded cable, connect from the VCM-X E-BUS Controller’s 3 wire communications connector to the MiniLink PD’s 3 wire communications connector marked “Local Loop”. Use 18 gauge minimum wire for power and observe polarity on all boards.

3. Using 2 conductor shielded cable, connect from the VCM-X E-BUS Controller’s 3 wire communications connector to the VAV/Zone Controllers. The VAV/Zone Controllers connect together using modular cables from each VAV/Zone Controller to the next controller and/or to a Power/Comm Board. A maximum of 16 VAV/Zone controllers are allowed per Power/Comm board. If you have more than 16 VAV/Zone controllers, you will need multiple Power/Comm boards. Each Power/Comm board must have its own 24 VAC transformer sized for the total number of VAV/Zone controllers connected to it.

4. Repeat the above steps for each local loop containing VCM-X E-BUS Controllers with VAV/Zone Controllers.

5. The Modular System Manager can connect to any VAV/Zone Controller on the entire system or directly to one of the Power/Comm board’s modular output connectors using modular cable. The Modular Service Tool will connect to any of the controllers using the supplied cable with DIN connectors on both ends. The connection point on the controllers is located near the communications connector. The Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed Network Mode.

6. The System Manager TS II utilizes a 3 wire communication terminal block for connection to any controller on the communications local loop that has communication wire terminals. A separate transformer is required for the System Manager TS II. It has a 2 wire 24 VAC terminal block for connection to a 24 VAC transformer. The transformer should be sized to provide

18

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

System Installation

Networked Multiple Loop

6 VA minimum power and should be connected using 18 gauge minimum wire. In the Settings Menu, enter for the System Manager Address.

7. The Modular Service Tool SD will connect to any of the controllers using the supplied cable with DIN connectors on both ends. The connection point on the controller is located near the communications connector. The Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed Network Mode.

8. Using 2 conductor shielded cable, connect from the CommLink 5’s 3 wire communications connector to one of the MiniLink PD’s 3 wire communications connector marked “Network Loop”. The Loop switch on the back of the CommLink 5 must be set to “Multiple”. The CommLink only needs to be connected to one of the MiniLink PDs on the system.

9. Using a modular cable, connect from each MiniLink PD’s modular connector marked “Network Loop” to the next MiniLink PD’s “Network Loop” modular input connector using modular cable. Connect all the remaining MiniLink PD’s in the same manner using a daisy chain format.

10. Before powering up the controllers, set each VAV/ Zone Controller’s board address to a unique number from 1 through 58. Address the VCM-X E-BUS Controller at 59. Set MiniLink PD’s address from 1 to

60.

<63>

4. Only one MiniLink PD on the system should connect to the CommLink. Install a separate 24 VAC, 8 VA minimum, transformer for each MiniLink PD and wire to transformer using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable for power. Observe polarity on all boards. Each MiniLink PD’s address switch should be set with a unique address between 1 and 60.

5. Using a modular cable, connect from the each MiniLink PD’s modular connector marked “Network Loop” to the next MiniLink PD’s “Network Loop” modular input connector using modular cable. Connect all the remaining MiniLink PD’s in the same manner using a daisy chain format.

6. The Modular Service Tool will connect to any of the controllers using the supplied cable with DIN connectors on both ends. The connection point on the controllers is located near the communications connector. The Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed Network Mode.

7.. The Modular System Manager is supplied with a 12 foot modular cable with a modular connector on one end and stripped wires on the other. If the Modular System Manager is to be mounted in remote location, run 18 gauge, 2 conductor shielded cable for communications from one controller’s 3 wire terminal connector to one of the MiniLink PD’s in the same manner using a daisy chain format. The Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed Network Mode.

Loops Containing VCM-X E-BUS Controllers without VAV/ Zone Controllers

1. Connect all VCM-X E-BUS Controllers on the loop in

a daisy chain format using 18 gauge minimum, 2 conductor shielded cable for communications. Install a separate 24 VAC, 8 VA minimum, transformer for each controller and wire to its transformer using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable for power. Observe polarity on all boards.

2. Connect 2 conductor shielded cable from one of the

controller’s 3 wire communications connector to the MiniLink PD’s 3 wire communications connector marked “Local Loop”. Use 18 gauge wire for power and observe polarity on all boards.

3. Connect 2 wire shielded cable from the CommLink 5’s

3 wire communications connector to the MiniLink PD’s 3 wire communications connector marked “Network Loop”. The Loop switch on the back of the CommLink 5 must be set to “Multiple”. Use the 110 VAC/24 VAC power supply furnished with the CommLink for its power source.

8. The System Manager TS II utilizes a 3 wire communication terminal block for connection to any controller on the communications local loop that has communication wire terminals. A separate transformer is required for the System Manager TS II. It has a 2 wire 24 VAC terminal block for connection to a 24 VAC transformer. The transformer should be sized to provide 6 VA minimum power and should be connected using 18 gauge minimum wire. In the Settings Menu, enter Address.

9. Address the VCM-X E-BUS Controllers from 1 to 59.

<63> for the System Manager

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

19

System Commissioning

Overview

The following information is a brief overview of the procedures required to commission a typical Orion System. Select the type of system that you have and follow the procedures listed for that system.

Stand Alone System

1. Be sure that the controller is set at address 1.

2. Apply power to the controller.

3. Verify diagnostics LED indicator for proper operation. See the technical guide for the speciﬁ c controller in order to locate the diagnostic LED and controller start up sequence.

4. Connect an operator’s interface device to the controller for programming the controller.

Interconnected System

1. Be sure that the controllers are addressed from 1 to 60.

2. Apply power to the controllers.

3. Verify diagnostics LED indicator for proper operation of all controllers. See the technical guide for the speciﬁ c controller in order to locate the diagnostic LED and controller start-up sequence.

4. Connect an operator’s interface to one of the controllers for programming all of the controllers.

Networked Systems

1. Address each MiniLink PD from 1 to 60.

2. On a loop of VCM-X E-BUS Controllers, address the controllers from 1 to 59.

3. On a VAV or Zoning system, address VAV/Zone Controllers from 1 to 58. Address the VCM-X E-BUS Controller at 59.

4. On a VAV or Zoning system, apply power in the following order:

a. VCM-X E-BUS Controller b. MiniLink Polling Device c. CommLink 5 d. Power/Comm boards

5. Verify diagnostics LED indicator for proper operation of all controllers. See the technical guide for the speciﬁ c controller in order to locate the diagnostic LED and controller start-up sequence.

6. If a computer is used, connect it to the CommLink 5 to access all of the controllers on the entire system for programming.

7. If a computer is not used, and if a Modular System Manager is not already connected on the local loop, connect a Modular Service Tool or System Manager TS II to one of the controllers to perform programming of all controllers on the entire system.

20

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

System Configurations

21VCM-X Component & System Wiring

Stand Alone System

TERM

Zone

JOB NAME

S. Olson

BY:

DESCRIPTION:

Typical Stand Alone System

T, R & S

Connect To

Terminals On

Connect MIni Din

Connector Cable Ends

To Female Connectors

VCM-X

Controller

on Modular Service

Tool And VCM-X

Controller

VCM-X Unit

Tool SD

Modular Service

24 VAC

(6 VA)

Line Voltage

BROWN (GND)

RED (24 VAC)

DRAIN WIRE (SHLD)

WHITE (T)

RED (24 VAC)

BLACK (R)

24 VAC

(6 VA)

GREEN (GND)

CLEAR (GND)

WARNING OBSERVE

POLARITY

Line Voltage

05/12/15

FILENAME

DATE:

24 VAC

(8 VA)

O-VCMX-Sys-Stand-Alone-1A.CDR

Wiring & Connection Diagram

VCM-X E-BUS Stand Alone System

1 of 1

PAGE

Line Voltage

SHLD

T

R

485 LOOP

R G T

Typical Terminal Blocks. All

Wiring To Be T To T, SHLD (G)

To SHLD (G) & R To R

WHITE (T)

BARE (S)

Note: Either A Modular System Manager SD, System Manager

TS II, Modular Service Tool SD Or PC With Prism 2 Software

Installed Can Be Used To Program And Configure The Orion

System. For Computer Connection Information, See The

Computer And Remote Connection Section Of This Manual.

For Stand Alone Applications

Both Jumpers Must Be ON

BLACK (R)

R

T

5V GND

R34 R16

1002 1002

SW1

OPT4

OPT3

OPT2

OFF

OPT1

1002 1002

R13R8

MADE IN USA

YS102178 R4

WQVGAGraphical Interface

WattMaster Controls, Inc

YS102178 R4

WQVGAGraphical Interface

WattMaster Controls, Inc

C7

.1uF

C9

.1uF

C10

C15

.1uF

C12

C12 C11

C11

.1uF

R1

R7

C1

1002

C1

1002

.1uF

C13

.1uF

C14

66.000Mhz

X3

C23

.1uF

1002

R20

C26

C25

.1uF

R10

1002

R41

R39

R21

R23

1002

C41

.1uF

L4

D11

C35

C2C3

.1uF

R35

1002

U13

L1

C36

.1uF

1002

R32R31

D2

1002

U11

Q2

C30

.1uF

R18

1002 1002

1002

.1uF

1002

U9

C34 C40

SERIAL#

.1uF 1002

.1uF

C29

R15

LTC3824

1002

U10

C27

.1uF

C28

C32 R30

.1uF

R28

R33

R19 C31

1002

R2

1002

R11

5V 3.3V 2.5V

D1

R25

V1 R5

R5

1002

R6

1002

C24

R9

1002

330uF 50V 330uF

J1

RST +

R48

1002

C16

C18

1002

TERM

1002

.1uF

C19

R49

R44

J3

R46

R43

R47

.1uF

D12

C17

8.00Mhz

.1uF

1002

R37

.1uF

C20

C51

.1uF

C5 C4

C50

.1uF

X2

C8

L5

C6

R26

R17

C45

R40

R42

.1uF

1002

R14

1002

R36

C39

RTC

CAL

R27

R24

R22

R12

1002

R29

Figure 3: Stand Alone System Wiring

22

R45

System Manager TS II

RS T +

Connect To Modular

I/O Connectors

(Back Side Shown)

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

STATUS

SETPOINTS

13

Located On Back

Of The System Manager

ALARMS

OVERRIDES

SCHEDULES

CLEAR

DOWN

ENTER

ESC

9

6

-

MINUS

0

8

5

7

4

DEC

(Front Side Shown)

Modular System Manager SD

T

TERM

SHLD

R

Interconnected System

Connect MIni Din

Connector

Cable Ends To Female

Connectors on

Modular Service Tool

And VCM-X Controller

R G T

T, R & S

Connect To

Terminals On

485 LOOP

VCM-X

Controller

Typical Terminal Blocks. All

Wiring To Be T To T, SHLD (G)

To SHLD (G) & R To R

S. Olson

BY:

WARNING OBSERVE

POLARITY

24 VAC

(8 VA)

JOB NAME

FILENAME

DESCRIPTION:

05/12/15

Wiring & Connection Diagram

VCM-X E-BUS Interconnected System

DATE:

VCM-X E-BUS Unit Controller

1 of 1

PAGE

O-VCMX-Sys-InterConnect-1A.CDR

Line Voltage

WARNING OBSERVE

Tool SD

Modular Service

24 VAC

(6 VA)

DRAIN WIRE (SHLD)

WHITE (T)

RED (24 VAC)

BLACK (R)

24 VAC

(6 VA)

GREEN (GND)

CLEAR (GND)

Line Voltage

VCM-X E-BUS Unit Controller

Line Voltage

BROWN (GND)

RED (24 VAC)

POLARITY

24 VAC

(8 VA)

Line VoltageLine Voltage

Typical Interconnected System

For Stand Alone Applications

Both Jumpers Must Be ON

WHITE (T)

BARE (S)

BLACK (R)

R

T

5V GND

R34 R16

1002 1002

SW1

OPT4

OPT3

OPT2

OFF

OPT1

1002 1002

R13R8

MADE IN USA

YS102178 R4

WQVGAGraphical Interface

WattMaster Controls, Inc

YS102178 R4

WQVGAGraphical Interface

WattMaster Controls, Inc

C7

.1uF

C9

.1uF

C10

C15

.1uF

C12

C12 C11

C11

.1uF

R1

R7

C1

1002

C1

1002

.1uF

C13

.1uF

C14

66.000Mhz

X3

C20

C23

.1uF

1002

R20

C26

C25

.1uF

R10

1002

R41

R39

R21

R23

1002

C41

.1uF

L4

D11

R35

1002

U13

L1

C36

.1uF

1002

R32R31

U11

Q2

.1uF

R18

C34 C40

SERIAL#

.1uF

1002

.1uF

C29

R15

U10

C27

.1uF

C28

.1uF

1002

R2

1002

5V 3.3V 2.5V

D1

V1 R5

R5

1002

R6

1002

R9

J1

C16

C18

1002

TERM

1002

.1uF

C19

J3

R46

R43

R47

.1uF

C17

8.00Mhz

.1uF

C5 C4

C50

.1uF

X2

C8

C6

R26

R17

C45

R40

R42

.1uF

1002

R14

1002

R36

RTC

CAL

R27

R24

R22

R12

1002

R29

Figure 4: Interconnected System Wiring

STATUS

ALARMS

SETPOINTS

OVERRIDES

SCHEDULES

RS T +

Connect To Modular

I/O Connectors

Located On Back

Of The System Manager

C35

C2C3

.1uF

D2

1002

C30

.1uF

1002 1002

1002

.1uF

1002

U9

.1uF

LTC3824

1002

C32 R30 R28

R33

R19 C31

R11

R25

C24

330uF 50V 330uF

RST +

R48

1002

R45

1002

R49

R44

D12

.1uF

1002

R37

C51

L5

C39

(Back Side Shown)

System Manager TS II

Note: Either A Modular System

Manager SD, System Manager TS

II, Modular Service Tool SD Or PC

With Prism 2 Software Installed

Can Be Used To Program And

UP

DOWN

ENTER

ESC

6

-

MINUS

0

8

2

5

13

7

4

DEC

(Front Side Shown)

VCM-X E-BUS Unit Controller

Modular System Manager SD

Configure The Orion System. For

Computer & Remote Connection

Information, See The Computer

Connection Section Of This

Manual.

WARNING OBSERVE

POLARITY

To Next HVAC Unit

Controller On Loop

Up To 60 Controllers

Can Be Interconnected

24 VAC

(8 VA)

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

23

Networked Single Loop System

TERM

WARNING OBSERVE

POLARITY

24 VAC

(8 VA)

VCM-X E-BUS Unit Controller

Line Voltage

Zone

WARNING OBSERVE

POLARITY

24 VAC

(8 VA)

S. Olson

BY:

Line Voltage

JOB NAME

DESCRIPTION:

DRAIN WIRE (SHLD)

WHITE (T)

RED (24 VAC)

BLACK (R)

TB1

Connect To Modular

I/O Connectors

Located On Back

Of The System Manager

T, R & S

VCM-X Or

Connect To

Terminals On

24 VAC

(6 VA)

GREEN (GND)

CLEAR (GND)

STATUS

SETPOINTS

SCHEDULES

2

5

13

4

VAV/Zone

Controller

Line Voltage

ALARMS

OVERRIDES

CLEAR

DOWN

ENTER

ESC

9

-

MINUS

0

8

7

DEC

24 VAC

(6 VA)

SHLD

T

R

485 LOOP

R G T

Typical Terminal Blocks. All

Wiring To Be T To T, SHLD (G)

Manager SD

Modular System

05/12/15

FILENAME

DATE:

O-VCMX-Network-SingleLoop1A.CDR

WARNING OBSERVE

POLARITY

Wiring & Connection Diagrams

VCM-X E-BUS Networked System - Single Loop

PAGE

1 of 5

To SHLD (G) & R To R

24 VAC

Connect MIni Din Connector

Cable Ends To Female

Connectors on Modular

Service Tool And VCM-X

E-BUS Controller

VCM-X E-BUS Unit Controller

(8 VA)

Line VoltageLine Voltage

Tool SD

Modular Service

WARNING OBSERVE

POLARITY

24 VAC

(8 VA)

Line Voltage

BROWN (GND)

RED (24 VAC)

Note: Either A Modular System

Manager SD, System Manager TS II,

Modular Service Tool SD Or PC With

Prism 2 Software Installed Can Be

Used To Program And Configure The

Orion System. For Computer And

Remote Connection Information, See

The Computer Connection Section Of

This Manual.

WHITE (T)

BARE (S)

BLACK (R)

RS T +

Serial #

Typical Single Loop Networked System With CommLink 5 Only

1002

R

T

R41

5V

GND

R39

R21

R23

1002

R34 R16

C41

1002 1002

.1uF

L4

D11

C35

C2C3

SW1

OPT4

.1uF

R35

OPT3

1002

U13

L1

C36

OPT2

OFF

.1uF

1002

OPT1

R32R31

D2

1002

Q2

U11

1002 1002

C30

.1uF

R13R8

R18

1002 1002

1002

.1uF

1002

U9

C34 C40

SERIAL#

.1uF

1002

.1uF

C29

R15

LTC3824

1002

U10

C27

.1uF

C28

C32 R30

.1uF

R28

For All Applications With

CommLink(s) Or MiniLink(s),

Both Jumpers Must Be OFF.

WQVGAGraphical Interface

WattMaster Controls, Inc

WQVGAGraphical Interface

WattMaster Controls, Inc

C9

.1uF

C10

.1uF

C11

.1uF

C13

.1uF

Figure 5: Networked Single Loop System With CommLink Only Wiring

R33

R19

MADE IN USA

YS102178 R4

C31

1002

R2

1002

R11

5V 3.3V 2.5V

D1

R25

V1

R5

1002

R6

1002

C7

.1uF

C24

.1uF

C15

.1uF

C12

R1

R7

R9

C1

1002

C1

1002

.1uF

C14

330uF 50V 330uF

J1

RST +

R48

1002

R45

C16

C18

1002

TERM

1002

66.000Mhz

.1uF

C19

R49

R44

J3

R46

R43 R47

.1uF

D12 X3

X3

C17

8.00Mhz

.1uF

1002

R37

.1uF

C20

C51

.1uF

C5 C4

C50

.1uF

X2

C8

L5

C6

R26

R17

C45

R40

R42

.1uF

1002

C23

.1uF

1002

R14

1002

R36

R20

C39

RTC

CAL

C26

C25

.1uF

R27

R24

R22

R12

R10

1002

R29

System Manager TS II

Note: The System Manager TS II Wiring

Is Typical For All System Types And

Configurations. It Is Shown On This Page

CommLink 5

Only To Conserve Space.

Front View

10/100

24

110 VAC To

24V

GND

POWER

T(-)

SHLD

R (+)

485 LOOP

LOW

HIGH

BAUD

USB

COMPUTER

SINGLE

MULTIPLE

Back View

LOOP

ACT LNK

ETHERNET

DIAG

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

24 VAC

Power Pack

VCM-X E-BUS Unit Controller

Note: CommLink Must Be

Set For Multiple Loop

Operation When Used With

A MiniLink Whether It Is A

Single Loop System Or Not.

If it Doesn’t Have A MiniLink

Set It To Single Loop.

To Next HVAC Unit

Controller On Loop

Up To 60 Controllers

Can Be Interconnected

VCM-X E-BUS

O

Unit Controller

Line Voltage

Tool SD

Modular Service

24 VAC

(8 VA)

WARNING OBSERVE

POLARITY

Networked Single Loop System

Connect To Next

VAV/Zone Controller

(Modular)

VAV/Zone

Controller

On Branch Circuit

www.orioncontrols.com

OE744-31-VAVZ P.I. VAV/ZONE

CONTROLLERACTUATOR

PACKAGE

OE282

REC

POWER/CO

MM

10

JOB NAME

FILENAME

S. Olson

BY:

DESCRIPTION:

05/12/15

DATE:

VCM-X E-BUS Networked System - Single Loop

Wiring & Connection Diagrams

T

SHLD

R

C1

TB1

T

SHLD

R

COMMPIN

P2

485 LOOP

TB2

Board

24

VAC

25

Transformer

24 VAC - Size

R G T

Typical Terminal Blocks. All

Wiring To Be T To T, SHLD (G)

To SHLD (G) & R To R

Power/Comm

P5

M

ER & COM

POW

ARD

DIST. BO

P4

YS101856 REV. 0

ER

POW

LD1

4A

F1

POWER & COMM

OUT

P3

R1

V1

D1

P1

For Required VA Load

Line Voltage

Connect To Modular

I/O Connectors

Located On Back

C

3

X1

YS101900PMINILINK

POLLING

DEVICE

REV. 1

C

X

6

U6

U10

D

1

U6

U1

C2

PHILIPS

CX1

C3

C1

1

R

1

CX5

U5

U4

C

X

2

R

4

LED 1

LED 2

Of The System Manager

C10

R30X2R29

R28

U11

C9

RN2

RN3

P3

R

24

LD4

U

14

CX6

WDOG

NETWORK

DRIVER

C

X

14

NETWORK

LOOP

R2

U

13

LD5

LD

LOOP DRIVER

C

X13

U

15

PROC. DRIVER

U2

LOCALLOOP

C

X15

LD6

0-10V

THERM

4-20mA

C

X

2

AIN2

RAM

OFF=0-5V

C8

AIN1

0-10V

THERM

4-20mA

R

27

C7

EPROM

D

U12

C

R

25

R

26

R

31

V1

POWER

Note: For System

Manager TS II Wiring,

See Figure 3.

Typical Single Loop Networked System

Note: Either A Modular System Manager SD,

System Manager TS II, Modular Service Tool

SD Or PC With Prism 2 Software Installed Can

Be Used To Program And Configure The Orion

System. For Computer And Remote

Connection Information, See The Computer

With MiniLink Polling Device & Modular VAV/Zone Controllers

Connection Section Of This Manual.

System Manager TS II

C

1

R

3

CX7

U7

C

X

1

U1

C4

P1

X1

YS101818P552

PROCESSORPBOARD

MiniLink PD

CX4

CX3

U3

RV1

V

R

EF

LD

D

2

1

N

4

32 16 8 4 2 1

R

T

R

H

S

T

P4

N

G

IN

A

IN

A

+5V

G

24VA

D

OFF

AD

D

P5

SH

4

3

TB

2

C11

D5

TB

1

STATUS

SW1

TB

Connect To

SETPOINTS

SCHEDULES

UP

ESC

2

5

13

4

Local

On Loop

Controllers

Other VAV/Zone

ALARMS

OVERRIDES

DOWN

ENTER

9

-

MINUS

0

8

7

DEC

On Loop

Controllers

Connect To

Other VAV/Zone

Board

Power/Comm

Manager SD

Modular System

Line Voltage

Local

C1

TB1

T

SHLD

POW

R

DIST. BOARD YS101856 REV. 0

COMMPIN

P2

ER

POW

LD1

TB2

24

VAC

4A

25

F1

Transformer

24 VAC - Size

For Required VA Load

O-VCMX-Network-SingleLoop1A.CDR

www.orioncontrols.com

OE744-31-VAVZ

P.I. VAV/ZONE

CONTROLLERACTUATOR

PACKAGE

(Modular)

VAV/Zone

Controller

REC

POWER/CO

MM

P5

M

ER & COM

P4

POWER & COMM

OUT

P3

R1

V1

D1

P1

On Loop

Controllers

Connect To

Other VAV/Zone

www.orioncontrols.com

OE744-31-VAVZ P.I. VAV/ZONE

(Modular)

VAV/Zone

Controller

CONTROLLERACTUATOR

REC

POWER/CO

MM

OE282

Note: A Maximum Of 6 VAV/Zone Controllers Can Be

Connected To Each Branch Circuit. A total Of 16

Controllers Are Allowed Per Power/Comm Board. Use

PACKAGE

OE282

2 of 5

PAGE

10

Additional Power/Comm Boards For Systems That

Exceed 16 Controllers. See The VAV/Zone Controller

Wiring Diagram For Power/Comm Board Transformer

Sizing And Circuit Design Information.

10

24 VAC

(6 VA)

Figure 6: Networked Single Loop System With MiniLink PD And Modular VAV/Zone Controllers Wiring

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

Connect To Next

VAV/Zone Controller

On Branch Circuit

25

Networked Single Loop System

Line Voltage

Tool SD

Modular Service

VCM-X E-BUS

Unit Controller

SHLD

T

R

485 LOOP

R G T

Typical Terminal Blocks. All

Wiring To Be T To T, SHLD (G)

To SHLD (G) & R To R

24 VAC

(8 VA)

WARNING OBSERVE

POLARITY

(6 VA)

Line Voltage

VAV/Zone

Controller

(Non-Modular)

Line

Voltage

Zone

TB2

REC

T

SHLD

R

24VAC

GND

TB3

STAT

24 VAC

(6 VA)

Zone

S. Olson

BY:

www.orioncontrols.com

OE744-32-VAVZ P.I. VAV/ZONE

CONTROLLERACTUATOR

PACKAGE

T

SHLD R

24 VAC

GND

OE282

VAV/Zone

Controller

(Non-Modular)

10

TB2

REC

T

SHLD

R

24VAC

GND

TB3

STAT

JOB NAME

FILENAME

www.orioncontrols.com

OE744-32-VAVZ P.I. VAV/ZONE

CONTROLLERACTUATOR

PACKAGE

T

SHLD R

24 VAC

GND

DESCRIPTION:

05/12/15

DATE:

O-VCMX-Network-SingleLoop1A.CDR

OE282

Wiring & Connection Diagrams

VCM-X E-BUS Networked System - Single Loop

3 of 5

PAGE

10

DRAIN WIRE (SHLD)

WHITE (T)

BLACK (R)

Note: For System

Manager TS II Wiring,

See Figure 3.

System Manager TS II

Connect To Modular

I/O Connectors

C3

C

1

X

1

R

3

CX7

U7

C

X

6

C

X

1

U1

C4

P1

C2

X1

YS101818P552

PROCESSORPBOARD

Typical Single Loop Networked System

Note: Either A Modular System Manager SD,

System Manager TS II, Modular Service Tool

SD Or PC With Prism 2 Software Installed Can

Be Used To Program And Configure The Orion

System. For Computer And Remote

Connection Information, See The Computer

Connection Section Of This Manual.

C1

CX5

U5

MiniLink PD

CX4

U4

CX3

U3

C

X

2

RV1

R

4

V

R

E

F

With MiniLink Polling Device & Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controllers

GREEN (GND)

RED (24 VAC)

CLEAR (GND)

STATUS

UP

Located On Back

Of The System Manager

C10

R30X2R29

R28

OFF

32

U11

C9

YS101900PMINILINK

POLLING

DEVICE

REV. 1

U6

U10

D

1

U1

PHILIPS

1

LED 1

LED 2

16 8 4 2

RN2

1

RN3

A

D

P3

5

P

R

24

LD4

U6

CX1

C3

R

U

14

CX6

LD

SH

WDOG

T

NETWORK

DRIVER

C

X

14

4

TB

NETWORK

LOOP

R2

3

TB

U

13

LD5

R

LD

SH

LOOP DRIVER

T

C

X13

U

15

PROC. DRIVER

U2

LOCALLOOP

C

X

15

LD6

P4

D

N

G

0-10V

THERM

4-20mA

C

X

2

IN

2

A

AIN2

1

AIN

RAM

OFF=0-5V

C8

+5V

AIN1

TB

2

0-10V

THERM

4-20mA

R

27

C11

D5

C7

EPROM

D

N

G

U12

C

24VA

R

25

R

26

TB

1

D

4

R

31 V

1

POWER

24 VAC

(6 VA)

ALARMS

SETPOINTS

OVERRIDES

SCHEDULES

DOWN

ENTER

ESC

6

MINUS

0

8

2

5

13

7

4

DEC

SW1

VAV/Zone

Controller

-

Modular System Manager SD

Local

Note: Multiple VAV/Zone

Controllers Can Be Connected To

A Single Transformer If Desired.

However Polarity Must Be

Observed Or Damage To The

(Non-Modular)

T

SHLD

TB2

R

REC

T

24 VAC

SHLD

GND

R

24VAC

GND

TB3

STAT

24 VAC

(6 VA)

Line

Voltage

Controller(s) Will Result. See The

Non-Modular Transformer Sizing

Page In This Manual For

Transformer Sizing And Circuit

Design Information.

www.orioncontrols.com

OE744-32-VAVZ P.I. VAV/ZONE

CONTROLLERACTUATOR

PACKAGE

VAV/Zone

24 VAC

(6 VA)

Line

Voltage

OE282

Controller

(Non-Modular)

TB2

REC

T

SHLD

R

24VAC

GND

TB3

STAT

24 VAC

(6 VA)

Line

Voltage

10

Note: Multiple VAV/Zone Controllers Can Be Connected

To A Single Transformer If Desired. However Polarity

Must Be Observed Or Damage To The Controller(s) Will

Result. See The Non- Modular Transformer Sizing Page

In This Manual For Transformer Sizing And Circuit

Design Information.

www.orioncontrols.com

OE744-32-VAVZ P.I. VAV/ZONE

CONTROLLERACTUATOR

PACKAGE

T

SHLD R

24 VAC

GND

OE282

Connect To Next

10

VAV/Zone Controller

On Local Loop

Figure 7: Networked Single Loop System With MiniLink PD And Non Modular VAV/Zone Controllers Wiring

26

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

O

VCM-X E-BUS

Unit Controller

Line Voltage

Tool SD

Modular Service

24 VAC

(8 VA)

WARNING OBSERVE

POLARITY

Networked Single Loop System

Connect To Next

VAV/Zone Controller

VAV/Zone

Controller

On Branch Circuit

www.orioncontrols.com

OE744-31-VAVZ P.I. VAV/ZONE

CONTROLLERACTUATOR

PACKAGE

REC

POWER/CO

MM

10

OE282

JOB NAME

FILENAME

S. Olson

BY:

DESCRIPTION:

05/12/15

VCM-X Networked System - Single Loop

DATE:

Wiring & Connection Diagrams

SHLD

T

R

485 LOOP

R G T

Typical Terminal Blocks. All

Wiring To Be T To T, SHLD (G)

To SHLD (G) & R To R

Note: For System

Manager TS II Wiring,

See Figure 3.

Typical Single Loop Networked System With MiniLink

Polling Device, CommLink & Modular VAV/Zone Controllers

Note: Either A Modular System Manager SD,

System Manager TS II, Modular Service Tool

SD Or PC With Prism 2 Software Installed Can

Be Used To Program And Configure The Orion

System. For Computer And Remote

Board

Power/Comm

Line Voltage

Connection Information, See The Computer

Connection Section Of This Manual.

C1

TB1

T

SHLD

R

COMMPIN

P2

TB2

24

VAC

25

Transformer

24 VAC - Size

P5

MM

ER & CO

PO

W

DIST. BOARD

P4

YS101856 REV. 0

ER

POW

LD1

4A

F1

POWER & COMM

OUT

P3

R1

V1

D1

P1

For Required VA Load

System Manager TS II

Connect To Modular

I/O Connectors

Located On Back

Of The System Manager

Note: CommLink Must Be Set

For Multiple Loop Operation

When Used With A MiniLink

Whether It Is A Single Loop

System Or Not. If it Doesn’t

Have A MiniLink Set It To

Single Loop.

Connect To

Other VAV/Zone

STATUS

ALARMS

SETPOINTS

OVERRIDES

SCHEDULES

UP

DOWN

ENTER

ESC

6

MINUS

8

2

5

13

7

4

DEC

110 VAC To

CommLink 5

On Loop

Controllers

-

Manager SD

0

Modular System

24 VAC

Power Pack

Serial #

24V

GND

T(-)

SHLD

R (+)

LOW

HIGH

USB

COMPUTER

SINGLE

MULTIPLE

Front View

10/100

ETHERNET

Connect To Next

VAV/Zone Controller

On Branch Circuit

On Loop

Controllers

Connect To

Other VAV/Zone

COMMPIN

Board

Power/Comm

24 VAC - Size

Line Voltage

POWER

485 LOOP

BAUD

Back View

LOOP

ACT LNK

DIAG

Note: See Computer &

VAV/Zone

Controller

C1

TB1

T

SHLD

R

P2

TB2

24

VAC

25

Transformer

P5

M

ER & COM

PO

W

DIST. BOARD

P4

YS101856 REV. 0

ER

PO

W

LD1

V1

4A

F1

R1

P3

D1

P1

Connect To

POWER & COMM

OUT

On Loop

Controllers

Other VAV/Zone

For Required VA Load

C

3

C1

X

1

R3

CX7

U7

C

X6

C

X1

U1

U6

C4

P1

C2

X1

YS101818P552

PROCESSORPBOARD

C1

CX5

U5

CX4

U4

MiniLink PD Loop 1

CX3

U3

C

X

2

RV1

R

4 V

R

E

F

LED 1

Accessories Connection Section

Of This Manual For Optional

Computer and Remote

Connection Diagrams.

O-VCMX-Net-SingleLoop1A.CDR

www.orioncontrols.com

OE744-31-VAVZ P.I. VAV/ZONE

CONTROLLERACTUATOR

PACKAGE

OE282

REC

POWER/CO

MM

Note: A Maximum Of 6 VAV/Zone Controllers Can Be

Connected To Each Branch Circuit. A total Of 16

Controllers Are Allowed Per Power/Comm Board. Use

C10

R30X2R29

R28

OFF

SW1

32

U11

C9

YS101900PMINILINK

POLLING

DEVICE

REV. 1

U10

D

1

U6

U1

PHILIPS

CX1

C3

1

R

1

LED 2

16 8 4 2

RN2

1

RN3

AD

D

P3

P5

R

24

LD4

R

U14

CX6

LD

H

S

WDOG

T

NETWORK

DRIVER

C

X14

4

TB

NETWORK

LOOP

R2

3

TB

U

13

LD5

R

LD

H

S

LOOP DRIVER

T

C

X

13

U

15

PROC. DRIVER

U2

LOCALLOOP

C

X15

LD6

P4

D

N

G

0-10V

THERM

4-20mA

C

X

2

IN

2

A

AIN2

IN

1

A

RAM

OFF=0-5V

C8

+5V

AIN1

TB

2

0-10V

THERM

4-20mA

R

27

C11

D5

C7

EPROM

D

N

G

U12

C

24VA

R

25

R

26

TB1

D

4

R

31 V

1

POWER

24 VAC

(6 VA)

4 of 5

PAGE

10

Additional Power/Comm Boards For Systems That

Exceed 16 Controllers. See The VAV/Zone Controller

Wiring Diagram For Power/Comm Board Transformer

Sizing And Circuit Design Information.

Local

Network

Figure 8: Networked Single Loop System With CommLink & MiniLink PD - Modular VAV/Zone Controllers

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

27

Networked Single Loop System

Line Voltage

Tool SD

T

SHLD

R

VCM-X E-BUS

Unit Controller

Modular Service

24 VAC

(8 VA)

WARNING OBSERVE

POLARITY

VAV/Zone

Controller

(Non-Modular)

Line

Zone

TB2

T

SHLD

R

24VAC

TB3

24 VAC

Voltage

Zone

On Local Loop

Connect To Next

VAV/Zone Controller

S. Olson

www.orioncontrols.com

OE744-32-VAVZ P.I. VAV/ZONE

CONTROLLERACTUATOR

PACKAGE

T

SHLD R

REC

24 VAC

GND

STAT

(6 VA)

10

OE282

JOB NAME

BY:

DESCRIPTION:

05/12/15

Wiring & Connection Diagrams

VCM-X Networked System - Single Loop

DATE:

FILENAME

PAGE

5 of 5

O-VCMX-Net-SingleLoop1A.CDR

485 LOOP

R G T

Typical Terminal Blocks. All

Wiring To Be T To T, SHLD (G)

To SHLD (G) & R To R

Typical Single Loop Networked System With MiniLink

Polling Device, CommLink & Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controllers

Note: Either A Modular System Manager SD,

System Manager TS II, Modular Service Tool

SD Or PC With Prism 2 Software Installed Can

Be Used To Program And Configure The Orion

System. For Computer And Remote

Note: For System

Manager TS II Wiring,

See Figure 3.

Connection Information, See The Computer

Connection Section Of This Manual.

24 VAC

DRAIN WIRE (SHLD)

WHITE (T)

System Manager TS II

Note: CommLink Must Be Set

For Multiple Loop Operation

RED (24 VAC)

CLEAR (GND)

BLACK (R)

TB1

Connect To Modular

I/O Connectors

Located On Back

Of The System Manager

When Used With A MiniLink

Whether It Is A Single Loop

System Or Not. If it Doesn’t

Have A MiniLink Set It To

Single Loop.

(6 VA)

GREEN (GND)

STATUS

ALARMS

SETPOINTS

OVERRIDES

SCHEDULES

UP

DOWN

ENTER

ESC

9

-

MINUS

0

8

2

5

13

7

4

DEC

110 VAC To

CommLink 5

VAV/Zone

Controller

(Non-Modular)

TB2

REC

T

SHLD

R

24VAC

Line Voltage

VAV/Zone

Modular System Manager SD

24 VAC

Power Pack

Serial #

24V

GND

T(-)

SHLD

R (+)

LOW

HIGH

BAUD

USB

COMPUTER

SINGLE

MULTIPLE

Front View

10/100

LOOP

ETHERNET

DIAG

GND

TB3

STAT

24 VAC

Line

Voltage

Controller

(Non-Modular)

TB2

REC

T

SHLD

R

24VAC

GND

TB3

STAT

24 VAC

Line

Voltage

POWER

485 LOOP

Back View

ACT LNK

Note: See Computer &

(6 VA)

Accessories Connection Section

www.orioncontrols.com

OE744-32-VAVZ P.I. VAV/ZONE

CONTROLLERACTUATOR

PACKAGE

T

SHLD R

24 VAC

GND

www.orioncontrols.com

OE744-32-VAVZ P.I. VAV/ZONE

CONTROLLERACTUATOR

T

SHLD R

24 VAC

GND

Of This Manual For Optional

Computer and Remote

Connection Diagrams.

OE282

PACKAGE

OE282

CX7

U7

U1

MiniLink PD Loop 1

C1

R3

C

X1

C4

P1

X1

YS101818P552

PROCESSORPBOARD

CX4

CX3

U3

RV1

V

R

E

F

10

Note: Multiple VAV/Zone Controllers Can Be Connected

To A Single Transformer If Desired. However Polarity

Must Be Observed Or Damage To The Controller(s) Will

Result. See The Non- Modular Transformer Sizing Page

In This Manual For Transformer Sizing And Circuit

Design Information.

C

3

X

1

X

6

C2

C1

CX5

U5

U4

C

X2

R

4

C10

R30X2R29

R28

OFF

SW1

32

U11

C9

YS101900PMINILINK

POLLING

DEVICE

REV. 1

C

U6

U10

D

1

U1

PHILIPS

1

LED 1

LED 2

16 8 4 2

RN2

1

RN3

A

D

3

P

5

P

R

24

LD4

U6

CX1

C3

R

U

14

CX6

LD

H

S

WDOG

T

NETWORK

DRIVER

C

X

14

4

TB

NETWORK

LOOP

R2

3

TB

U

13

LD5

R

LD

SH

LOOP

DRIVER

T

C

X13

U

15

PROC.

DRIVER

U2

LOCALLOOP

C

X

15

LD6

P4

D

N

G

0-10V

THERM

4-20mA

C

X2

IN

2

A

AIN2

IN

1

A

RAM

OFF=0-5V

C8

+5V

AIN1

TB

2

0-10V

THERM

4-20mA

R

27

C11

D5

C7

EPROM

D

N

G

U12

C

24VA

R

25

R

26

TB

1 D

4

R

31 V

1

POWER

24 VAC

(6 VA)

Local

Network

Figure 9: Networked Single Loop System With CommLink & MLPD - Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controllers

28

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

Networked Multiple Loop System Connections & Wiring

O

Tool SD

Line Voltage

Modular Service

Connect To Next

VAV/Zone Controller

On Branch Circuit

10

OE282

JOB NAME

Controller

VCM-X E-BUS

24 VAC

(8 VA)

WARNING OBSERVE

POLARITY

VAV/Zone

Controller

www.orioncontrols.com

OE744-31-VAVZ

P.I. VAV/ZONE

CONTROLLERACTUATOR

PACKAGE

REC

POWER/CO

MM

Line Voltage

SHLD

T

R

C1

TB1

T

SHLD

R

Board

COMMPIN

P2

TB2

24

VAC

25

485 LOOP

R G T

Typical Terminal Blocks. All

Wiring To Be T To T, SHLD (G)

To SHLD (G) & R To R

P5

ER & COMM

POW DIST. BOARD

P4

YS101856 REV. 0

ER

POW

LD1

4A

F1

POWER & COMM

OUT

P3

R1

V1

D1

P1

Power/Comm

www.orioncontrols.com

OE744-31-VAVZ P.I. VAV/ZONE

CONTROLLERACTUATOR

VAV/Zone

Controller

REC

POWER/CO

MM

PACKAGE

S. Olson

BY:

DESCRIPTION:

Networked System - Multiple Loop

05/07/15

FILENAME

DATE:

1 of 2

PAGE

O-VCMX-Net-MultiLoop-1A.CDR

10

OE282

Wiring & Connection Diagram

24 VAC

110 VAC To

Power Pack

Front View of CommLink 5

Typ. Multiple Loop Networked System With Modular VAV/Zone Controllers

Note: Either A Modular System Manager SD,

System Manager TS II, Modular Service Tool

SD Or PC With Prism 2 Software Installed Can

Be Used To Program And Configure The Orion

System. For Computer & IP Module

Connection Information See The Computer

Connection Section Of This Manual.

Line Voltage

Transformer

24 VAC - Size

For Required VA Load

TB1

Connect To Modular

I/O Connectors

Located On Back

Of The System Manager

Serial #

24V

GND

POWER

T(-)

SHLD

R(+)

485 LOOP

LOW

HIGH

BAUD

USB

COMPUTER

SINGLE

MULTIPLE

LOOP

10/100

ACT LNK

ETHERNET

Back View of CommLink 5

DIAG

On Loop

Controllers

Connect To

Other VAV/Zone

STATUS

ALARMS

SETPOINTS

OVERRIDES

SCHEDULES

UP

DOWN

ENTER

ESC

6

-

MINUS

0

8

2

5

13

7

4

DEC

Modular System Manager SD

C

1

R3

CX7

U7

C

X

1

U1

C4

P1

X1

YS101818P552

PROCESSORPBOARD

CX4

MiniLink PD Loop 1

CX3

U3

RV1

VR

EF

Note: CommLink Must Be Set

For Multiple Loop Operation

Connect To

Other VAV/Zone

Power/Comm

Line Voltage

C3

X1

YS101900PMINILINK

POLLING

DEVICE

REV. 1

C

X

6

U6

U10

D

1

U6

U1

C2

PHILIPS

CX1

C3

C1

1

R

1

CX5

U5

U4

C

X

2

R

4

LED 1

LED 2

On Loop

Controllers

TB1

COMMPIN

P2

TB2

Board

24 VAC - Size

C10

R30X2R29

R28

U11

C9

RN2

RN3

3

P

R

24

LD4

U14

CX6

LD

WDOG

NETWORK

DRIVER

C

X

14

NETWORK

LOOP

R2

U

13

LD5

LD

LOOP

DRIVER

C

X

13

U

15

PROC.

DRIVER

U2

LOCALLOOP

C

X

15

LD6

D

0-10V

THERM

4-20mA

C

X

2

AIN2

1

RAM

OFF=0-5V

C8

AIN1

0-10V

THERM

4-20mA

R

27

C7

EPROM

D

U12

C

R

25

R

26

4

R

31

V

1

POWER

24 VAC

(6 VA)

C1

T

SHLD

M

ER & COM

POW

R

ARD

DIST. BO YS101856 REV. 0

R1

ER

PO

W

LD1

V1

24

VAC

4A

25

F1

Transformer

For Required VA Load

OFF

SW1 32 16 8 4 2 1

AD

D

5

P

R

H

S

T

4

TB

3

TB

R

SH

T

P4

N

G

AIN

IN

A

+5V

TB2

C11

D5

N

G

24VA

TB

1

D

P5

P4

POWER & COMM

OUT

P3

D1

P1

Connect To

Other VAV/Zone

Local

Network

Local

On Loop

Controllers

C3

C

1

X1

R3

Network

CX7

U7

C

X6 C

X

1

U1

U6

C4

P1

C2

X1

YS101818P552

PROCESSORPBOARD

C1

CX5

U5

CX4

U4

MiniLink PD Loop 2

CX3

U3

C

X

2

RV1

R

4 V

R

E

F

LED 1

U11

YS101900PMINILINK

POLLING

DEVICE

REV. 1

RN2

U10

R

24

D

1

U6

CX6

U1

WDOG

PHILIPS

R2

CX1

C3

1

R

1

U2

C

X2

RAM

C8

C7

EPROM

R

25

R

26

POWER

LED 2

24 VAC

(6 VA)

Note: A Maximum Of 6 VAV/Zone Controllers

Can Be Connected To Each Branch Circuit. A total

Of 16 Controllers Are Allowed Per Power/Comm

Board. Use Additional Power/Comm Boards For

Systems That Exceed 16 Controllers. See The

VAV/Zone Controller Wiring Diagram For

MiniLink PD Connect To Loop 3

C10

R30X2R29

R28

OFF

SW1

32

C9

16 8 4 2 1

RN3

A

D

3

P

5

P

LD4

R

U14

LD

H

S

T

NETWORK

DRIVER

C

X14

4

TB

NETWORK

LOOP

3

TB

U

13

LD5

R

LD

SH

LOOP DRIVER

T

C

X13

U

15

PROC. DRIVER

LOCALLOOP

C

X15

LD6

P4

D

N

G

0-10V

THERM

4-20mA

IN

2

A

AIN2

IN

1

A

OFF=0-5V

+5V

AIN1

TB

2

0-10V

THERM

4-20mA

R

27

C11

D5

D

N

G

U12

C

24VA

TB

1

D

4

R

31 V

1

Connect To Loop 2

Power/Comm

Power/Comm Board Transformer Sizing And

Circuit Design Information.

Board & VCM-X

Controller

Figure 10: Networked Multiple Loop System Wiring With Modular VAV/Zone Controllers

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

29

Zone

Networked Multiple Loop System Connections & Wiring

Tool SD

Line Voltage

Modular Service

24 VAC

(8 VA)

WARNING OBSERVE

POLARITY

Controller

VCM-X E-BUS

SHLD

T

R

485 LOOP

R G T

Typical Terminal Blocks. All

Wiring To Be T To T, SHLD (G)

To SHLD (G) & R To R

24 VAC

(6 VA)

Line Voltage

VAV/Zone

Controller

(Non-Modular)

Line

VAV/Zone

Controller

(Non-Modular)

TB2

T

SHLD

R

24VAC

GND

TB3

STAT

24 VAC

Voltage

TB2

T

SHLD

R

24VAC

GND

TB3

STAT

T

SHLD R

REC

24 VAC

GND

(6 VA)

T

SHLD R

REC

24 VAC

GND

www.orioncontrols.com

OE744-32-VAVZ

P.I. VAV/ZONE

CONTROLLERACTUATOR

PACKAGE

www.orioncontrols.com

OE744-32-VAVZ

P.I. VAV/ZONE

CONTROLLERACTUATOR

PACKAGE

Zone

Connect To Next

VAV/Zone Controller

OE282

On Local Loop

10

JOB NAME

10

S. Olson

BY:

DESCRIPTION:

Networked System - Multiple Loop

05/07/15

FILENAME

DATE:

2 of 2

PAGE

O-VCMX-Net-MultiLoop-1A.CDR

Wiring & Connection Diagram

24 VAC

110 VAC To

Power Pack

Front View of CommLink 5

Note: Either A Modular System Manager SD,

System Manager TS II, Modular Service Tool

SD Or PC With Prism 2 Software Installed Can

Be Used To Program And Configure The Orion

System. For Computer & IP Module

Connection Information See The Computer

Connection Section Of This Manual.

Typ. Multiple Loop Networked System With Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controllers

DRAIN WIRE (SHLD)

WHITE (T)

RED (24 VAC)

BLACK (R)

Connect To Modular

I/O Connectors

Located On Back

Of The System Manager

Serial #

24V

GND

POWER

T(-)

SHLD

R(+)

485 LOOP

LOW

HIGH

BAUD

USB

COMPUTER

SINGLE

MULTIPLE

LOOP

10/100

ACT LNK

ETHERNET

Back View of CommLink 5

DIAG

GREEN (GND)

CLEAR (GND)

STATUS

ALARMS

SETPOINTS

OVERRIDES

SCHEDULES

UP

DOWN

ENTER

ESC

6

MINUS

8

2

5

13

7

4

DEC

Note: CommLink Must Be Set

For Multiple Loop Operation

Line

Voltage

VAV/Zone

Controller

(Non-Modular)

-

0

Line

Modular System Manager SD

C

1

R

3

CX7

U7

C

X

1

U1

C4

P1

X1

YS101818P552

PROCESSORPBOARD

CX4

MiniLink PD Loop 1

CX3

U3

RV1

V

R

E

F

Voltage

C3

X1

X

6

C2

C1

CX5

U5

U4

C

X2

R

4

C10

U11

C9

YS101900PMINILINK

POLLING

DEVICE

REV. 1

C

RN2

U6

U10

R

24 D

1

U6

CX6

U1

WDOG

PHILIPS

R2

CX1

C3

1

R

1

U2

C

X2

RAM

C8

C7

EPROM

R

25

R

26

1

LED 1

POWER

LED 2

24 VAC

(6 VA)

24 VAC

(6 VA)

www.orioncontrols.com

OE744-32-VAVZ

P.I. VAV/ZONE

CONTROLLERACTUATOR

PACKAGE

T

SHLD

TB2

R

REC

T

24 VAC

SHLD

GND

R

24VAC

GND

TB3

STAT

24 VAC

(6 VA)

10

OE282

Note: Multiple VAV/Zone Controllers Can Be Connected

To A Single Transformer If Desired. However Polarity

Must Be Observed Or Damage To The Controller(s) Will

Result. See The Non- Modular Transformer Sizing Page

In This Manual For Transformer Sizing And Circuit

Design Information.

MiniLink PD Connect To Loop 3

C

3

C1

X

1

R3

R30X2R29

R28

OFF

SW1 32 16 8 4 2 1

RN3

AD

D

P3

P5

LD4

R

U14

LD

H

S

T

NETWORK

DRIVER

C

X

14

4

TB

NETWORK

LOOP

3

TB

U

13

LD5

R

LD

H

S

LOOP DRIVER

T

C

X

13

U

15

PROC. DRIVER

LOCALLOOP

C

X

15

LD6

P4

D

N

G

0-10V

THERM

4-20mA

IN

2

A

AIN2

IN

1

A

OFF=0-5V

+5V

AIN1

TB

2

0-10V

THERM

4-20mA

R

27

C11

D5

D

N

G

U12

C

24VA

TB1

D

4

R

31

V

Network

Local

Network

CX7

U7

C

X6

C

X

1

U1

C4

P1

C2

X1

YS101818P552

PROCESSORPBOARD

C1

Local

CX5

U5

CX4

U4

MiniLink PD Loop 2

CX3

U3

C

X

2

RV1

R

4

VR

EF

C10

R30X2R29

R28

OFF

SW1

32

U11

C9

YS101900PMINILINK

POLLING

DEVICE

REV. 1

U6

U10

D

1

U6

U1

PHILIPS

CX1

C3

1

R

1

LED 1

LED 2

16 8 4 2

RN2

1

RN3

A

D

P3

P5

R

24

LD4

R

U

14

CX6

LD

SH

WDOG

T

NETWORK

DRIVER

C

X14

4

TB

NETWORK

LOOP

R2

3

TB

U

13

LD5

R

LD

SH

LOOP DRIVER

T

C

X

13

U

15

PROC. DRIVER

U2

LOCALLOOP

C

X15

LD6

P4

D

N

G

0-10V

THERM

4-20mA

C

X

2

IN

2

A

AIN2

IN

1

A

RAM

OFF=0-5V

C8

+5V

AIN1

T

B2

0-10V

THERM

4-20mA

R

27

C11

D5

C7

EPROM

D

N

G

U12

C

24VA

R

25

R

26

TB

1 D

4

R

31

V

1

POWER

24 VAC

(6 VA)

Connect To Loop 2

VCM-X Controller &

VAV/Zone Controllers

Figure 11: Networked Multiple Loop System Wiring With Non Modular VAV/Zone Controllers

30

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring

VCM-X E-BUS

Controller Wiring

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

31

VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring

Main Controller Wiring

For Stand Alone Applications,

Connect To System Manager. For Network

Applications Connect To Next Controller And/Or

MiniLink PD On Local Loop.

Local Loop

9600 Baud

All Comm Loop Wiring Is

Straight Thru

T to T, R to R & SHLD to SHLD

See Individual

Component Wiring

Diagrams For Detailed

Wiring Of Analog Inputs

And Outputs

AI1 SET AI2 SET AI3 SET

AI4 SET AI5 SET AI7 SET

RS-485

VCM-X E-BUS Controller

RS-485 COMMUNICATION LOOP. WIRE “R” TO “R”, “T”TO “T” “SHLD” TO “SHLD”

VCM-X MODULAR E-BUS CONTROLLER

Orion No.:OE332-23E-VCMX-MOD-A

AI1 = SPC (SPACETEMPERATURE SENSOR)

= SAT(SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)

AI2

= RAT(RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)

AI3

= OAT(OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)

AI4

= SUCTION PRESSURE SENSOR (FROM EXP. MODULE)

AI5

= SPACETEMPERATURE SENSOR SLIDE ADJUST

AI7

= ECONOMIZER (2-10 VDC OUTPUT)

A01

= SUPPLYFAN VFD (0-10 VDC OUTPUT)

A02

CONNECTOR

ANALOG INPUT

JUMPER

SETTINGS

THERM

4-20mA

AI1

0-10V 0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI2

0-10V 0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI3

0-10V 0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI4

0-10V 0-5V

THERM 4-20mA

AI5

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI7

0-10V 0-5V

ANALOG INPUTJUMPER SETTINGS MUSTBE SET AS SHOWN FOR PROPER OPERATION

STATIC

PRESSURE

OR VOLTAGE RESETSOURCE

E-BUS

LED BLINK CODES

LED NAME STATUS1 STATUS2

NORMALOPERATION 0 1

SATFAIL 1 2

OATFAIL 2 2

SPCFAIL 3 2

MODULEA LARM 4 2

MECHCOOL FAIL 1 3

MECHHEAT FAIL 2 3

FANPROOF FAIL 3 3

DIRTYFILTER 4 3

EMERGENCYSHUTDOWN 5 3

LOWSAT 1 4

HIGHSAT 2 4

CONT.TEMP COOL FAIL 3 4

CONT.TEMP HEAT FAIL 4 4

PUSHBUTTON OVR 1 5

ZONEOVR 2 5

OUTPUTFORCE ACTIVE 0 6

WARNING!POLARITY MUST BE OBSERVED

OR THE CONTROLLER WILLBE DAMAGED

Rev.: 1A

2

IC

EXPANSION

WattMaster Label #LB102073-01-A

Zone

RELAYCONTACT RATING IS 1AMP MAX @ 24 VAC

RELAY COMMON

FAN

RELAY2

RELAY3

RELAY4

RELAY5

AAON No.:

V07150

24 VAC POWER ONLY

2

IC DIGITAL

SENSOR

Zone

Note:

All Relay Outputs Are Normally Open And Rated For 24 VAC Power Only. 1 Amp Maximum Load.

R - 24VAC

G - Fan ON/OFF Only

Relay Output Contacts R2 Through R5 May Be UserConfigured For The Following:

1 - Heating Stages 2 - Cooling Stages 3 - Warm-up Mode Command (VAV Boxes) 4 - Reversing Valve (Air To Air Heat Pumps) 5 - Reheat Control (Dehumidification) 6 - Exhaust Fan Interlock 7 - Preheater For Low Ambient Protection 8 - Alarm 9 - Override 10 - Occupied 11 - OA Damper 12 - Heat Wheel 13 - Emergency Heat

Note: A Total Of 20 RelaysAre Available By Adding Relay Expansion Modules. All Expansion Module Relay Outputs Are User Configurable As Listed Above.

GND

24VAC

Size Transformer For Correct Total Load. VCM-X E-BUS Controller = 8 VA

Line Voltage

Jumpers

Splice If Required

Connect To Expansion Module(s) (When Used)

OE271

Static Pressure

Transducer

Connect FRP Tubing To High Pressure Port (Bottom Tube) and Route To Static Pressure Pickup Probe Located In Unit Discharge. Leave Port Marked “Lo” Open To Atmosphere

OVCMX-MainWire-1A.CDR

PAGE

1 of 1

Figure 12: OE332-23E-VCM-X-MOD - VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring

Connect To Digital Room Sensor And/Or Digital CO Sensor

2

Warning: 24 VAC Must Be Connected So That All Ground Wires Remain Common. Failure To Do So Will Result In Damage To The Controllers.

JOB NAME

FILENAME

DATE:

01/08/13

S. Olson

DESCRIPTION:

VCM-X E-BUS Controller

Main Board Wiring

32

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

VCM-X E-BUS Controller

RS-485 COMMUNICATION LOOP. WIRE “R” TO “R”, “T” TO“T” “SHLD” TO “SHLD”

RELAYCONTACT RATING IS 1AMP MAX @ 24 VAC

RELAY COMMON

FAN

RELAY2

RELAY3

RELAY4

RELAY5

VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring

Main Controller Addressing

Note:

The Power To The Controller Must Be Removed And Reconnected After Changing The Address Switch Settings In Order For Any Changes To Take Effect.

Caution:

Disconnect All Communication Loop Wiring From The Controller Before Removing Power From The Controller. Reconnect Power And Then Reconnect Communication Loop Wiring.

VCM-X MODULAR E-BUS CONTROLLER

Orion No.:OE332-23E-VCMX-MOD-A

AI1 = SPC (SPACETEMPERATURE SENSOR)

= SAT(SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)

AI2

= RAT(RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)

AI3

= OAT(OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)

AI4

= SUCTION PRESSURE SENSOR (FROM EXP. MODULE)

AI5

= SPACETEMPERATURE SENSOR SLIDE ADJUST

AI7

OR VOLTAGE RESETSOURCE

= ECONOMIZER (2-10 VDC OUTPUT)

A01

= SUPPLYFAN VFD (0-10 VDC OUTPUT)

A02

E-BUS

CONNECTOR

ANALOG INPUT

JUMPER

SETTINGS

THERM

4-20mA

AI1

0-10V 0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI2

0-10V 0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI3

0-10V 0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI4

0-10V 0-5V

THERM 4-20mA

AI5

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI7

0-10V 0-5V

ANALOG INPUT JUMPER SETTINGS MUST BE SETAS SHOWN FOR PROPER OPERATION

WattMaster Label

STATIC

#LB102073-01-A

PRESSURE

LED BLINK CODES

LED NAME STATUS1 STATUS2

NORMAL OPERATION 0 1

SAT FAIL 1 2

OAT FAIL 2 2

SPC FAIL 3 2

MODULE ALARM 4 2

MECH COOL FAIL 1 3

MECHHEAT FAIL 2 3

FAN PROOF FAIL 3 3

DIRTY FILTER 4 3

EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN 5 3

LOW SAT 1 4

HIGH SAT 2 4

CONT. TEMP COOL FAIL 3 4

CONT. TEMP HEAT FAIL 4 4

PUSH BUTTON OVR 1 5

ZONE OVR 2 5

OUTPUT FORCE ACTIVE 0 6

WARNING!POLARITY MUST BE OBSERVED

OR THE CONTROLLER WILL BE DAMAGED

2

IC

EXPANSION

Rev.: 1A

AAON No.:

V07150

24 VAC POWER ONLY

2

IC DIGITAL

SENSOR

This Switch Should Be In The OFF Position As Shown

ADD

Address Switch Shown Is

Set For Address 1

The Address For Each Controller

Must Be Unique To The Other Controllers

On The Local Loop And Be Between 1 and 59

ADDRESS

ADD

Controller Address Switch

1 2 4

8 16 32

--------

NET

Address Switch Shown Is

Set For Address 13

JOB NAME

ADD

Figure 13: VCM-X E-BUS Controller Addressing

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

FILENAME

O-VCM-X-AddSwSet-1A.CDR

DATE:

01/09/13

PAG E

1 of 1

VCM-X E-BUS Controller

Address Switch Setting

S. Olson

DESCRIPTION:

33

Zone

VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring

Zone

Digital Room Sensor & Wall-Mounted CO2 Sensor Wiring

Note: When Only The Is Used, It Controller Using A Of The Appropriate Length. 160 Feet. See For Connection When The Space CO Sensor Is Also Used.

Connects Directly To The VCM-X E-BUS

2

Digital Room Sensor

TSDRSC Cable

The Maximum Length Allowed Is

Figure 19

OVERRIDE ALARM

Display

OE217-00 / OE217-01 Digital Room Sensor

I1 SET

AI1

AI2 SET AI3 SET

AI2

AI3

AI4

AI5

AI4 SET AI5 SET AI7 SET

AI7

Override

4-20mA

AI2

0-10V 0-5V

THERM 4-20mA

AI3

0-10V 0-5V

THERM

EMERGENCYSHUTDOWN

4-20mA

AI4

0-10V 0-5V

THERM 4-20mA

AI5

0-10V 0-5V

THERM 4-20mA

AI7

0-10V 0-5V

ANALOG INPUTJUMPER SETTINGS MUSTBE SET AS SHOWN FOR PROPER OPERATION

STATIC

WattMaster Label

#LB102033-01

PRESSURE

VCM-X E-BUS

Controller

EXPANSION

24 VAC POWER ONLY

WARNING!POLARITY MUST BE OBSERVED

OR THE CONTROLLER WILLBE DAMAGED

I2C

I2C DIGITAL

SENSOR

TSDRSC Cable

JOB NAME

FILENAME

O-VCM-X-DigiRoom-1A.CDR

DATE:

PAGE

1 of 1

01/09/13

VCM-X E-BUS Controller

S. Olson

DESCRIPTION:

Digital Room Sensor

Figure 14: OE217-00 / OE217-01 Digital Room Sensor

OE256-01

Note: In This Configuration,

Set The Sensor To

CO

Address 1.

2

Note: When a Digital Room Sensor Is Used In Combination With The

The r Always

Sensor, CO Senso Connects To The VCX E-BUS Controller

2

First Using a TSDRSC Cable Of The Required

Length. The Digital Room Sensor Then Connects To The CO Sensor With Another TSDRSC Cable. Mount Sensor(s) At Least 5 Feet Above

C Sensor Technical

Floor. See The

Guide

For Further Wiring Details.

O

2

CO Sensor

2

CO

2

Display

OE217-00 / OE217-01 Digital Room Sensor

OVERRIDE ALARM

Override

I1SET

AI1

AI2 SET AI3 SET

AI2

AI3

AI4

AI5

AI4 SET AI5 SET AI7 SET

AI7

TSDRSC Cable

4-20mA

AI2

0-10V 0-5V

THERM 4-20mA

AI3

0-10V 0-5V

THERM

EMERGENCYSHUTDOWN

4-20mA

AI4

0-10V 0-5V

THERM 4-20mA

AI5

0-10V 0-5V

THERM 4-20mA

AI7

0-10V 0-5V

ANALOG INPUTJUMPER SETTINGS MUSTBE SET AS SHOWN FOR PROPER OPERATION

STATIC

PRESSURE

VCM-X E-BUS

Controller

WattMaster Label

#LB102033-01

WARNING!POLARITY MUST BE OBSERVED

OR THE CONTROLLER WILLBE DAMAGED

I2C

EXPANSION

REVISED:

FILENAME

O-VCM-X-WallCO2-1A.CDR

DATE:

01/09/13

PAGE

1 of 1

Wall-Mounted CO2 Sensor

24 VAC POWER ONLY

I2C DIGITAL

SENSOR

TSDRSC Cable

JOB NAME

05/12/15

S. Olson

DESCRIPTION:

VCM-X E-BUS Controller

Figure 15: OE256-01 Wall-Mounted CO2 Sensor

34

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring

Duct-Mounted CO2 Sensor Wiring

VCM-X E-BUS Controller

Note:

1.)

The CO Sensor Always Connects To The VCM-X E-BUS Controller Using A TSDRSC Cable Of The Required Length. If Also Using a Digital Room Sensor, Connect the Digital Room Sensor to the C Sensor Using Another TSDRSC Cable Of The Required Length. The Total Length Of Cable For All Sensor Cables Combined Cannot Exceed 160 Feet.

In This Configuration, Set The CO Sensor To Address 1.

2.)

OE217-00 / OE217-01

Wall Mounted

Digital Room Sensor

OVERRIDE ALARM

Display

Override

Connection Of Wall

Mounted

Digital Room Sensor

(When Used)

2

O

2

TSDRSC Cable

2

OE256-02

Duct Mounted CO Sensor

2

OE332-23-VCMX-A VCM-X CONTROLLER

ANALOG INPUT

AI1

AI2

AI3

AI4

AI5

AI7

ANALOG INPUTJUMPER SETTINGS

MUSTBE SET AS SHOWN FOR

PROPER OPERATION

PRESSURE

TSDRSC Cable

RS-485 COMMUNICATION LOOP. WIRE “R” TO “R”, “T”TO “T” “SHLD” TO “SHLD”

RS-485 COMMUNICATION LOOP. WIRE “R” TO“R”, “T” TO “T” “SHLD” TO “SHLD”

www.orioncontrols.com

VCM-X MODULAR E-BUS CONTROLLER

Orion No.:OE332-23E-VCMX-MOD-A

AI1 = SPC (SPACETEMPERATURE SENSOR)

= SAT(SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)

AI2

= SAT(SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)

= RAT(RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)

AI3

= RAT(RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)

= OAT(OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)

AI4

= OAT(OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)

= SUCTION PRESSURE SENSOR (FROM EXP. MODULE)

AI5

= SUCTION PRESSURE SENSOR

= SPACETEMPERATURE SENSOR SLIDE ADJUST

AI7

= SPACETEMPERATURE SENSOR SLIDE ADJUST

OR VOLTAGE RESETSOURCE

A01

= ECONOMIZER (2-10 VDC OUTPUT)

A01

= ECONOMIZER (2-10 VDC OUTPUT)

A02

= SUPPLYFAN VFD (0-10 VDC OUTPUT)

A02

= SUPPLYFAN VFD (0-10 VDC OUTPUT)

E-BUS

CONNECTOR

JUMPER

SETTINGS

STATIC

THERM

4-20mA

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

0-10V

0-5V

LED BLINK CODES

LED NAME STATUS1 STATUS2

NORMALOPERATION 0 1

SATFAIL 1 2

OATFAIL 2 2

SPCFAIL 3 2

MODULEALARM 4 2

MECHCOOL FAIL 1 3

MECHHEAT FAIL 2 3

FANPROOF FAIL 3 3

DIRTYFILTER 4 3

EMERGENCYSHUTDOWN 5 3

LOWSAT 1 4

HIGHSAT 2 4

CONT.TEMP COOL FAIL 3 4

CONT.TEMP HEAT FAIL 4 4

PUSHBUTTON OVR 1 5

ZONEOVR 2 5

OUTPUTFORCE ACTIVE 0 6

WARNING!POLARITY MUST BE OBSERVED

OR THE CONTROLLER WILLBE DAMAGED

2

WattMaster Label

IC

WattMaster Label

IC

#LB102073-01-A

#LB102033-01

EXPANSION

Rev.: 1A

RELAYCONTACT RATING IS 1AMP

RELAYCONTACT

MAX @ 24 VAC

RATING IS 1AMP MAX @ 24 VAC

RELAY COMMON

FAN

RELAY2

RELAY3

RELAY4

RELAY5

AAON No.:

V07150

24 VAC POWER ONLY

2

IC DIGITAL

SENSOR

OBSERVE

POLARITY

WARNING

Figure 16: OE256-02 Duct-Mounted CO2 Sensor

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

REVISED:

FILENAME

O-VCM-X-DuctCO2-1A.CDR

DATE:

01/09/13

PAGE

1 of 1

VCM-X E-BUS Controller

Duct-Mounted CO2 Sensor

JOB NAME

05/12/15

S. Olson

DESCRIPTION:

35

Zone

VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring

Zone

Space Temperature Sensor & Remote Supply Air Reset Wiring

Note:

Either The Slide Offset Option For The Space Temperature Sensor Or The Remote Supply Air Temperature Reset Signal Option (By Others) May Be Connected To An AI7 On The VCM-X E-BUS Controller. Only One Option Is Allowed, Not Both.

OE210, OE211, OE212, OE213

Space Temperature Sensor

AI1

TMP

W

A R M

GND

E R C O

AUX

O

OVR

L E R

Wire Required For Sensors With Slide Adjust Option Only

AI7

GND

VCM-X E-BUS Controller

AI1 SET AI2 SET AI3 SET

AI1

AI2

AI3

AI4

AI5

AI4 SET AI5 SET AI7 SET

AI7

Set Jumper For THERM

When Space Sensor Slide

Adjust Is Wired To AI7

AI7 SET

JOB NAME

FILENAME

O-VCM-X-SpaceSensor-1A.CDR

DATE:

PAGE

1 of 1

01/09/13

Space Temperature Sensor

S. Olson

DESCRIPTION:

VCM-X E-BUS Controller

Figure 17: OE210, OE211, OE212, OE213 Space Temperature Sensor Wiring

Remote Supply Air

Temperature Reset Signal

(By Others)

0-5 VDC or 0-10 VDC Signal

GND

Note:

Either The Slide Offset Option For The Space Temperature Sensor Or The Remote Supply Air Temperature Reset Signal Option (By Others) May Be Connected To AI7 On The VCM-X E-BUS Controller. Only One Option Is Allowed, Not Both.

AI7

GND

VCM-X E-BUS Controller

AI1 SET AI2 SET AI3 SET

AI1

AI2

AI3

AI4

AI5

AI4 SET AI5 SET

AI7

AI7 SET

Regardless of Whether the Remote

FILENAME

O-VCM-X-RemoteReset-1A.CDR

DATE:

PAGE

1 of 1

SAT Reset Signal Has Been

Configured For 0-5 or 0-10 VDC,

Jumper Must Be Set For 0-10V

AI7 SET

JOB NAME

01/09/13

S. Olson

DESCRIPTION:

VCM-X E-BUS Controller

Remote Reset

Figure 18: Remote Supply Air Reset Wiring

36

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring

Supply Air, Return Air, and Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor Wiring

Supply Air Temperature Sensor

Mount In HVAC

Unit Supply

Air Duct

Return Air Temperature Sensor

Mount In HVAC

Unit Return

Air Duct

OE231

GND GND

AI2 AI3

VCM-X E-BUS

Controller

AI1 SET AI2 SET AI3 SET

AI1

AI2

AI3

AI4

AI5

AI4 SET AI5 SET AI7 SET

AI7

Be Sure The Jumper Is Set For THERM

On AI2 & AI3 For Supply

& Return Air Temperature Sensors

PAGE

1 of 1

When Used

JOB NAME

FILENAME

O-VCM-X-SAT&RA-1A.CDR

DATE:

01/09/13

S. Olson

DESCRIPTION:

VCM-X E-BUS Controller

Supply Air Temperature and Return Air Sensors

Figure 19: OE231 Supply Air Temperature Sensor & OE231 Return Air Temperature Sensor Wiring

OE250

Outdoor Air

Temperature Sensor

Make Splice Connections

Inside Sensor Enclosure

As Shown. Seal All Conduit

Fittings With Silicone

Sealant

AI4

GND

Mount Sensor Outdoors

In Shaded Protected

Area & In Upright

Position As Shown

For MUA Applications

With A Heat Wheel,

Mount Sensor

Downstream Of

The Heat Wheel

VCM-X E-BUS Controller

Figure 20: OE250 Outdoor Air Temperature Wiring

AI1 SET AI2 SET AI3 SET

AI1

AI2

AI3

AI4

AI5

AI4 SET AI5 SET AI7 SET

AI7

Be Sure Jumper Is Set

For THERM

On AI4 For Outdoor

Air Temperature Sensor

REVISED:

FILENAME

O-VCM-X-OAT-1A.CDR

DATE:

PAGE

1 of 1

JOB NAME

05/12/15

01/09/13

S. Olson

DESCRIPTION:

VCM-X E-BUS Controller

Outdoor Air Sensor

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

37

VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring

Y1 3

+ 2

COM - 1

Economizer Feedback 5

Economizer Damper Actuator Wiring

24 VAC Power Source

Belimo Actuator Wiring

Shown. Consult Factory For

Other Manufacturer Wiring

Instructions

Economizer Damper Actuator

(Belimo Actuator Shown)

Sized For Actuator VA Load

GND

Zone

24 VAC

GND

2-10 VDC

Output

AO1

Zone

AI1

AI2

AI3

AI4

AI5

AI7

AI1 SET AI2 SET AI3 SET

AI4 SET AI5 SET AI7 SET

NOTE: For Economizer

Actuator Feedback Signal,

See Wiring For The

AI3

VCM-X Expansion Module.

Figure 21: Economizer Damper Actuator Wiring

VCM-X E-BUS Controller

DATE:

FILENAME

O-VCM-X-Economizer-1B.CDR

DATE:

01/09/13

PAGE

1 of 1

JOB NAME

05/12/15

S. Olson

DESCRIPTION:

VCM-X E-BUS Controller

Economizer Actuator

38

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring

+

_

3 (Y)

5 (U)

2 (+)

1 (-)

Supply Fan VFD & Bypass Damper Actuator

Note:

Either The Supply Fan VFD Or The Bypass Damper Actuator May Be Connected To AO2 On The VCM-X E-BUS Controller. Only One Option Is Allowed, Not Both.

Supply Fan Variable Frequency Drive

Note:

Either The Supply Fan VFD Or The Bypass Damper Actuator May Be Connected To AO2 On The VCM-X E-BUS Controller. Only One Option Is Allowed, Not Both.

Caution:

The VFD Unit Must Be Configured For 0-10 VDC Input. The Input Resistance At The VFD Must Not Be Less Than 1000 Ohms When Measured At The VFD Terminals With All Input Wires Removed.

0-10VDC Input From AO2

GND Shield

(By Others)

Note:

Wire To The VFD Using 18 GA Minimum 2 Conductor Twisted Pair With Shield Cable. Wire Shield To GND As Shown

24 VAC Power Source

Sized For Actuator VA Load

Bypass Damper Actuator

(Belimo Actuator Shown)

AI1 SET AI2 SET AI3 SET

AI1

AI2

AI3

AI4

AI5

AI4 SET AI5 SET AI7 SET

AI7

AO2

GND

Shield

VCM-X E-BUS Controller

AI1 SET AI2 SET AI3 SET

AI1

AI2

AI3

AI4

AI5

AI4 SET AI5 SET AI7 SET

AI7

GND

24 VAC

0-10 VDC

Belimo Actuator Wiring

Shown. Consult Factory For

Other Manufacturer Wiring

Instructions

Figure 22: Supply Fan VFD & Bypass Damper Actuator Wiring

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

AO2 GND

VCM-X E-BUS Controller

JOB NAME

FILENAME

OVCMX-ZoneByp-SFVFD-Wr1A.CDR

DATE:

01/09/13

PAGE

1 of 1

VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring Detail

Supply Fan VFD or Bypass Damper Actuator

S. Olson

DESCRIPTION:

39

VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring

Zone

40

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring

VCM-X Expansion,

4 Binary Input & 12-Relay

Expansion Module Wiring

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

41

VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring

Y1 3

+ 2

COM - 1

Economizer Feedback 5

Input Wiring

GND

0-5V

GND

LOW

VIN

24 VAC

GND

Is Not

RD

WH

BK

+

EXC

+

OUT COM

-

See Economizer Actuator Wiring

For VCM-X

AO1 Controller

Connect PR OUT To AI5 &

GND To GND On VCM-X

Controller When Either Suction

Pressure Transducer Is Used

Emergency Shutdown - N.C. Contact

Dirty Filter - N.O. Contact

Proof Of Flow - N.O. Contact Remote Forced Occupied - N.O. Contact Remote Forced Heating - N.O. Contact

Remote Forced Cooling - N.O. Contact

Hood On - N.O. Contact Remote Forced Dehumidification

N.O. Contact

10 VA Minimum Power

Required For

VCM-X Expansion Module

Note:

1.) If Unit Has Dehumidification Option And Copeland Digital Compressor Used

, Wire Suction Pressure Transducer Directly To VCM-X Expansion Module As Shown.

Suction Pressure Transducer

Building Pressure

Plastic Tubing To Building Pressure Sensing Locations

Economizer Damper Actuator

(Belimo Actuator Shown)

Outdoor Air

Humidity Sensor

VAC OR DC

Indoor Air

Humidity Sensor

VOUT (0-5V)

Transducer

HIGH

PR OUT

GND

SIG

GND

GND GND

WARNING!!

Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-to24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to one or more of the boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in such a way that the expansion modules and the controller are always powered together. Loss of power to the expansion module will cause the controller to become inoperative until power is restored to the expansion module.

VCM-X Expansion Module

24 VAC POWER

24 VAC POWER ONLY

ONLY

WARNING!POLARITY MUST BE

WARNING!

OBSERVED OR THE BOARD

POLARITY

WILLBE DAMAGED

MUST BE OBSERVED OR THE BOARD

POLARITY

WARNING

OBSERVE

+V

B 1I B 2I B 3I

B 4I B 5I

B 6I B 7I BI8

AI1

AI2

AI3

AI4

www.aaon.com

WILLBE DAMAGED

VCM-X Expansion Module

Orion No.:OE333-23-EM

PR OUT GND

PR OUT

OE333-23-EM-AVCM-X EXPANSION MODULE

GND

PR OUT GND

SUCTION PRESSURE

+V

SUCTION PRESSURE

+V

TRANSDUCER CONNECTION

SIG

TRANSDUCER CONNECTION

SIG

FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT

GND

FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT

GND

DIGITALCOMPRESSOR

SUCTION PRESSURE

+V

TRANSDUCER CONNECTION

SIG

FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT

GND

DIGITALCOMPRESSOR

RELAY1 = RELAY3 =

RELAY2 = RELAY4 =

RELAY1 = RELAY3 =

ITIS SUGGESTED

THATYOU WRITE THE

DESCRIPTION OF

RELAY2 = RELAY4 =

THE RELAYOUTPUTS

YOUARE USING IN

THE BOXES

ITIS SUGGESTED

PROVIDEDABOVE

THATYOU WRITE THE

WITHA PERMANENT

DESCRIPTION OF

MARKER (SHARPIE®)

THE RELAYOUTPUTS YOUARE USING IN THE BOXES PROVIDEDABOVE

ANALOG INPUT

WITHA PERMANENT

ANALOG INPUT

MARKER (SHARPIE®)

JUMPER SETTINGS

MUSTBE SET AS

SHOWN FOR

PROPER

ANALOG INPUT

OPERATION

JUMPER SETTINGS

MUSTBE SET AS

SHOWN FOR

ANALOG INPUT

PROPER

JUMPER

OPERATION

SETTINGS

THERM

ANALOG INPUT

4-20mA

AI1

JUMPER

0-10V

SETTINGS

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI2

AI1

AI2

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI2

AI3

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI3

AI4

0-10V

AI4

0-10V

0-5V

THERM 4-20mA

AI4

0-10V

24 VAC POWER ONLY

I2C

0-5V

WARNING!POLARITY MUST BE

EXPANSION

OBSERVED OR THE BOARD WILLBE DAMAGED

I2C

WattMaster Label

EXPANSION

#LB102034-01

www.aaon.com

TO VCM-X INPUT TERMINALS AI5 & GND

TO VCM-X INPUT TERMINALSAI5 & GND

BI1 = EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN - N.C. INPUT

= DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT

BI2

= DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT

BI2

= PROOF OF FLOW - N.O. INPUT

BI3

= PROOF OF FLOW - N.O. INPUT

BI3

= REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT

BI4

= REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT

BI4

= REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT

BI5

BI1 = HOOD ON - N.O. INPUT

= REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT

BI5

= REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT

BI6

= DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT

BI2

= REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT

BI6

= HOOD ON - N.O. INPUT

BI7

= PROOF OF FLOW - N.O. INPUT

BI3

= HOOD ON - N.O. INPUT

BI7

= REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT

BI8

= REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT

BI4

= REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT

BI8

= REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT

BI5

= REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT

BI6

NOTE:

= SMOKE DETECTOR - N.C. INPUT

BI7

ALL BINARYINPUTS MUST BE 24 VAC ONLY.

= REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT

BI8

AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR

NOTE:

AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR

ALL BINARYINPUTS MUST BE 24 VAC ONLY.

AO2

= MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL

AO2

AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR

AO3

= MODULATING COOLING/DIGITALSCROLL

AO3

AO2

= MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL

AO4

= RETURN AIR DAMPERACTUATOR

AO4

AO3

= MODULATING COOLING/DIGITALSCROLL

AO5

= RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPERACTUATOR

AO5

AO4

= RETURNAIR DAMPER ACTUATOR

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

GND

AO5

= RETURNAIR BYPASS DAMPER ACTUATOR

GND

= GROUND FORANALOG OUTPUTS

AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FORANALOG OUTPUTS

AI2

= INDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

AI2

= INDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

A3

= ECONOMIZER FEEDBACK

I

A3

= ECONOMIZER FEEDBACK

I

AI4

= BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)

AI4

= BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)

AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

GND

= INDOORAIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

AI2

GND

= CO2 (0-10 VDC)

AI3

= BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)

AI4

= GROUND FORANALOG INPUTS

GND

= GROUND FORANALOG INPUTS

GND

www.orioncontrols.com

AAON No.:

www.orioncontrols.com

RELAYCONTACT RATING IS 1AMP

RELAYCONTACT

MAX @ 24 VAC

RATING IS 1AMP MAX @ 24 VAC

RELAYCONTACT RATING IS 1AMP MAX @ 24 VAC

RELAY COMMON

DAMPER ACTUATOR (0-10 OR 2-10 VDC)

= MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL

(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)

= MODULATING COOLING/DIGITALSCROLL

DAMPERACTUATOR (0-10 OR 2-10 VDC)

SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)

= RETURN AIR DAMPERACTUATOR

(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)

(0-10 VDC)

= RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPERACTUATOR

SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)

(0-10 VDC)

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

(0-10 VDC)

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

(0-10 VDC)

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

I2C

EXPANSION

WattMaster Label

WattMasterLabel

#LB102034-01-A

Rev.: 1K

Rev.: 1L

Connect To VCM-X E-BUS

I2C

EXPANSION

R69190

RELAY1

RELAY2

RELAY1

RELAY3

RELAY2

RELAY4

RELAY

RELAY3

COMMON

RELAY COMMON

RELAY4

I2C

EXPANSION

Modular Cable

Controller

VCM

Note:

1.) If Unit Has Dehumidification Option And Copeland Digital Compressor Is Used, Wire Suction Pressure Transducer To Copeland Controller As Shown.

2.) The Modulating Cooling Output Voltage Must Be Configured For 1.5 - 5 VDC Operation When YouAre Setting Up The VCM-X Controller

Operating Parameters.

Suction Pressure

Transducer

Figure 23: OE333-23-EM - VCM-X Expansion Module Input Wiring

42

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

RD

WH

BK

Copeland Digital

Compressor Controller

SHLD

P4

EXC

P3

OUT

P2

P1

COM

REVISED:

FILENAME

OVCMX-Exp-Inputs-1A.CDR

PAGE

1 of 1

Modular Cable

Connect To Next Expansion Board

(When Used)

P5

P6

C1

C2

JOB NAME

S. Olson

DATE:

05/12/15

01/11/13

DESCRIPTION:

VCM-X Expansion Module

Input Wiring

S. Olson

24 VAC

GND

VCM-X Expansion

Module

10 VA Minimum

Power Required For

VCM-X Expansion

Module

POLARITY

WARNING

OBSERVE

Note:

All Relay Outputs Are Normally Open And Rated For 24 VAC Power Only. 1Amp Maximum Load.

24 VAC POWER

24 VAC POWER ONLY

ONLY

WARNING!POLARITY MUST BE

WARNING!

OBSERVED OR THE BOARD

POLARITY

WILLBE DAMAGED

MUST BE OBSERVED OR THE BOARD WILL BE DAMAGED

VCM-X Expansion Module

Orion No.:OE333-23-EM

PR OUT

OE333-23-EM-AVCM-X EXPANSION MODULE

GND

PR OUT GND

+V SIG GND

RELAY1 = RELAY3 =

RELAY2 = RELAY4 =

RELAY1 = RELAY3 =

ITIS SUGGESTED THATYOU WRITE THE DESCRIPTION OF

RELAY2 = RELAY4 =

THE RELAYOUTPUTS YOUARE USING IN THE BOXES

ITIS SUGGESTED

PROVIDEDABOVE

THATYOU WRITE THE

WITHA PERMANENT

DESCRIPTION OF

MARKER (SHARPIE®)

THE RELAYOUTPUTS YOUARE USING IN THE BOXES PROVIDEDABOVE WITHA PERMANENT

ANALOG INPUT

MARKER (SHARPIE®)

JUMPER SETTINGS

MUST BE SETAS

SHOWN FOR

PROPER

ANALOG INPUT

OPERATION

JUMPER SETTINGS

MUSTBE SET AS

SHOWN FOR

ANALOG INPUT

PROPER

JUMPER

OPERATION

SETTINGS

THERM

ANALOG INPUT

4-20mA

AI1

JUMPER

0-10V

SETTINGS

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI1

AI2

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI2

AI3

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI3

AI4

0-10V

0-5V

THERM 4-20mA

AI4

0-10V

I2C

0-5V

EXPANSION

Suction Pressure

Transducer

I2C

WattMaster Label

EXPANSION

#LB102034-01

www.aaon.com

TO VCM-X INPUT TERMINALS AI5 & GND

TO VCM-X INPUT TERMINALSAI5 & GND

SUCTION PRESSURE TRANSDUCER CONNECTION FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT DIGITALCOMPRESSOR

BI1 = EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN - N.C. INPUT BI2

= DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT

BI3

= PROOF OF FLOW - N.O. INPUT

BI4

= REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT

BI1 = HOOD ON - N.O. INPUT

BI5

= REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT

= DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT

BI2

BI6

= REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT

= PROOF OF FLOW - N.O. INPUT

BI3

BI7

= HOOD ON - N.O. INPUT

= REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT

BI4

BI8

= REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT

= REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT

BI5

= REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT

BI6

NOTE:

BI7

= SMOKE DETECTOR - N.C. INPUT

ALL BINARYINPUTS MUST BE 24 VAC ONLY.

BI8

= REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT

NOTE:

AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR

ALL BINARYINPUTS MUST BE 24 VAC ONLY.

DAMPER ACTUATOR (0-10 OR 2-10 VDC)

= MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL

AO2

(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)

AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR

= MODULATING COOLING/DIGITALSCROLL

AO3

DAMPER ACTUATOR (0-10 OR 2-10 VDC)

SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)

= MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL

AO2

= RETURN AIR DAMPERACTUATOR

AO4

(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)

(0-10 VDC)

= MODULATING COOLING/DIGITALSCROLL

AO3

= RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPERACTUATOR

AO5

SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)

(0-10 VDC)

AO4

= RETURN AIR DAMPERACTUATOR

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

GND

(0-10 VDC)

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

GND

AO5

= RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPERACTUATOR

(0-10 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FORANALOG OUTPUTS

AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FORANALOG OUTPUTS

AI2

= INDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

A3

= ECONOMIZER FEEDBACK

I

AI4

= BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)

AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

AI2

= INDOORAIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

AI3

= CO2 (0-10 VDC)

AI4

= BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FORANALOG INPUTS

GND

= GROUND FORANALOG INPUTS

www.orioncontrols.com

I2C

EXPANSION

Modular Cable

Connect To VCM-X

E-BUS Controller

Modular Cable

Connect To Next Expansion

Board (When Used)

RD

WH

BK

I2C

EXPANSION

AAON No.:

R69190

RELAYCONTACT RATING IS 1AMP MAX @ 24 VAC

RELAYCONTACT RATING IS 1AMP

RELAY1

MAX @ 24 VAC

RELAY2

RELAY1

RELAY3

RELAY2

RELAY4

RELAY3

RELAY

RELAY4

COMMON

RELAY COMMON

WattMaster Label

#LB102034-01-A

Rev.: 1L

Copeland Digital

Compressor Controller

P4

P3

P2

P1

Copeland Digital Compressor Wiring Detail

VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring

Output Wiring

WARNING!!

Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-to-24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to one or more of the boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in such a way that the expansion modules and the controller are always powered together. Loss of power to the expansion module will cause the controller to become inoperative until power is restored to the expansion module.

Either A Building Pressure Damper Actuator Or a Building Pressure Relief Fan VFD Can Be Used,

Building Pressure Control

Damper Actuator

1 COM

2 +

-

3Y1

Building Pressure

Relief Fan VFD

+

COM

Modulating Heating (0 to 10 VDC Input)

+

COM

Modulating Cooling

Or Digital Scroll Compressor

(1.5 To 5, 0To 10 Or 2 To 10 VDC Input)

+

COM

Return Air

Damper Actuator

(0-10 VDC)

1 COM

2 +

3Y1

Return Air Bypass

Damper Actuator

(0-10 VDC)

1 COM

2 +

3Y1

JOB NAME

05/14/15

REVISED:

FILENAME

VCMX-Exp-Outputs-1B.CDR

01/11/13

DATE:

PAGE

1 of 1

DESCRIPTION:

VCM-X Expansion Module

Output Wiring

Note:

1.) The Modulating Cooling Device Used Must Be Capable Of Accepting Either A 0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC or 1.5-

5.0 VDC Input. The Modulating Cooling Output Voltage Is User Configurable For These Voltages. The Modulating Heating Devices Used Must Be Capable of Accepting Either A 0-10 VDC or 210 VDC Input. The Modulating Heating Output Voltage Is UserConfigurable For These Voltages. These Voltage Outputs Must Also Be Configured When You Are Setting Up The VCM-X Controller(s) Operating Parameters.

2.) Each Modulating Heating Or Cooling Device Used On The VCM-X Controller Must Have (1) Relay Output Configured For Each Device Used, In Order To Enable The Modulating Heating And/Or Cooling Device's Sequence. This Relay Output Must Be Configured When Setting Up The VCM-X Controller Operating Parameters.

S. Olson

SHLD

EXC

OUT

COM

Relay Output Contacts R1 Through R4 May Be User-Configured For The Following:

1 - Heating Stages 2 - Cooling Stages 3 - Warm-up Mode Command (VAV Boxes) 4 - Reversing Valve (Heat Pumps) 5 - Reheat Control (Dehumidification) 6 - Exhaust Fan Interlock 7 - Preheater For Low Ambient Protection 8 - Alarm 9 - Override 10 - Occupied 11 - OADamper 12 - Heat Wheel 13 - Emergency Heat

Note:

A Total Of 20 Relays Are Available By Adding Relay Expansion Modules. All Expansion Module Relay Outputs Are User Configurable As Listed Above.

R1

Configurable Relay Output #1

R2

Configurable Relay Output #2

R3

Configurable Relay Output #3

R4

Configurable Relay Output #4

VCM

A1O

AO2

AO3

AO4

AO5

GND

P5

P6

C1

C2

When Copeland Digital Compressor Is Used, Wire Per Copeland Digital Compressor Wiring Detail

Belimo Actuator Wiring Shown. Consult Factory For Other Manufacturer

Wiring Instructions

Note:

1.) If Unit Has Dehumidification Option And Copeland Digital Compressor Is Used, Wire Suction Pressure Transducer To Copeland Controller As Shown.

2.) The Modulating Cooling Output Voltage Must Be Configured For 1.5

- 5 VDC Operation When YouAre Setting Up The VCM-X Controller Operating Parameters For The Copeland Digital Compressor.

Figure 24: OE333-23-EM - VCM-X Expansion Module Output Wiring

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

43

VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring

Suction Pressure Transducer Without Digital Compressor

WARNING!!

10 VA Minimum Power Required

For VCM-X Expansion Module

24 VAC

GND

Note:

1.) If Unit Has Dehumidification Option And Copeland Digital Compressor , Wire Suction Pressure Transducer

To VCM-X Expansion Module As Shown.

Is Not Used

Directly

OE275-01

Suction Pressure

RD

WH

BK

Caution:

1.) The Schraeder Port Used For Installation Of The Suction Pressure Transducer Should Be Located In A Vertical Portion Of The Suction Line To Prevent Refrigerant Oil From Accumulating In The Sensor.

Note:

1.) If Unit Has Dehumidification Option And Copeland Digital Compressor Is Used, Wire Suction Pressure Transducer To Copeland Controller As Shown On Following Page.

2.) AO3 Output Voltage Must Be Configured For 1.5 - 5 VDC Operation When You Are Setting Up The VCM-X Controller Operating Parameters For A Copeland Digital Compressor.

Connect PR

OUT To AI5 &

GND To GND

On VCM-X

Controller

When The

Suction

Pressure

Transducer Is

Used

PR OUT

Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-to-24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to one or more of the boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in such a way that the expansion modules and the controller are always powered together. Loss of power to the expansion module will cause the controller to become inoperative until power is restored to the expansion module.

24 VAC POWER

GND

+V

SIG

GND

24 VAC POWER ONLY

ONLY

WARNING!POLARITY MUST BE

WARNING!

OBSERVED OR THE BOARD

POLARITY

WILL BE DAMAGED

MUST BE OBSERVED OR

POLARITY

WARNING

OBSERVE

THE BOARD WILL BE DAMAGED

VCM-X Expansion Module

Orion No.:OE333-23-EM

PR OUT

TO VCM-X INPUT

OE333-23-EM-AVCM-X EXPANSION MODULE

GND

TERMINALS AI5 & GND

PR OUT

TO VCM-X INPUT

GND

TERMINALS AI5 & GND

SUCTION PRESSURE

+V

TRANSDUCER CONNECTION

SIG

FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT

GND

DIGITALCOMPRESSOR

SUCTION PRESSURE

+V

TRANSDUCER CONNECTION

SIG

FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT

GND

DIGITALCOMPRESSOR

RELAY1 = RELAY3 =

RELAY2 = RELAY4 =

ITIS SUGGESTED

RELAY1 = RELAY3 =

THATYOU WRITE THE DESCRIPTION OF

RELAY2 = RELAY4 =

THE RELAYOUTPUTS YOUARE USING IN THE BOXES

ITIS SUGGESTED

PROVIDEDABOVE

THATYOU WRITE THE

WITHA PERMANENT

DESCRIPTION OF

MARKER (SHARPIE®)

THE RELAYOUTPUTS YOUARE USING IN THE BOXES PROVIDEDABOVE

ANALOG INPUT

WITHA PERMANENT

JUMPER SETTINGS

MARKER (SHARPIE®)

MUST BE SETAS

SHOWN FOR

PROPER

ANALOG INPUT

OPERATION

JUMPER SETTINGS

MUST BE SETAS

SHOWN FOR

ANALOG INPUT

PROPER

JUMPER

OPERATION

SETTINGS

THERM 4-20mA

ANALOG INPUT

AI1

0-10V

JUMPER

0-5V

SETTINGS

THERM

4-20mA

AI2

4-20mA

AI1

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI3

AI2

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI4

AI3

0-10V

0-5V

THERM 4-20mA

AI4

0-10V

I2C

0-5V

EXPANSION

I2C

WattMaster Label

EXPANSION

www.aaon.com

www.orioncontrols.com

BI1 = EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN - N.C. INPUT BI2

= DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT

BI3

= PROOF OF FLOW - N.O. INPUT

BI4

= REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT

BI5

= REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT

BI1 = HOOD ON - N.O. INPUT

BI6

= REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT

= DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT

BI2

BI7

= HOOD ON - N.O. INPUT

= PROOF OF FLOW - N.O. INPUT

BI3

BI8

= REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT

= REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT

BI4

= REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT

BI5

NOTE:

= REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT

BI6

ALL BINARY INPUTS MUSTBE 24 VAC ONLY.

= SMOKE DETECTOR - N.C. INPUT

BI7

= REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT

BI8

AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR

NOTE:

DAMPER ACTUATOR (0-10 OR 2-10 VDC)

ALL BINARYINPUTS MUST BE 24 VAC ONLY.

= MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL

AO2

(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)

= MODULATING COOLING/DIGITALSCROLL

AO3

AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR

SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)

DAMPER ACTUATOR (0-10 OR 2-10 VDC)

= RETURN AIR DAMPERACTUATOR

AO4

= MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL

AO2

(0-10 VDC)

(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)

AO5

= RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPERACTUATOR

= MODULATING COOLING/DIGITALSCROLL

AO3

(0-10 VDC)

SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

AO4

= RETURN AIR DAMPERACTUATOR

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

(0-10 VDC)

AO5

= RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPERACTUATOR

(0-10 VDC)

AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

AI2

= INDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

A3

= ECONOMIZER FEEDBACK

I

AI4

= BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)

AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

= INDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

AI2

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

= CO2 (0-10 VDC)

AI3

= BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)

AI4 GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

I2C

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

GND

EXPANSION

#LB102034-01

www.orioncontrols.com

AAON No.:

RELAYCONTACT RATING IS 1AMP MAX @ 24 VAC

RELAY COMMON

WattMaster Label #LB102034-01-A

EXPANSION

R69190

RELAY1

RELAY2

RELAY1

RELAY3

RELAY2

RELAY4

RELAY3

RELAY COMMON

RELAY4

Rev.: 1L

I2C

VCM

VCM-X Expansion

Module

Connect To VCM-X E-BUS

REVISED:

FILENAME

O-VCM-X-SuctP-WO-DigC-1B.CDR

DATE:

PAGE

1 of 1

01/10/13

VCM-X E-BUS Expansion Module

Suction Pressure Transducer w/o Digital Comp.

Figure 25: OE275-01 Suction Pressure Transducer Without Digital Compressor Wiring

44

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

Modular Cable

Controller

Modular Cable

Connect To Next Expansion

Board(When Used)

JOB NAME

05/14/15

S. Olson

DESCRIPTION:

VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring

Suction Pressure Transducer With Digital Compressor

Figure 26: OE275-01 Suction Pressure Transducer With Digital Compressor Wiring

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

45

VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring

Expansion Module Binary Inputs

24 VAC

GND

10 VA Minimum Power Required For

VCM-X Expansion Module

Emergency Shutdown - N.C. Contact Dirty Filter - N.O. Contact

Proof Of Flow - N.O. Contact Remote Forced Occupied - N.O. Contact Remote Forced Heating - N.O. Contact

Remote Forced Cooling - N.O. Contact

Hood On - N.O. Contact Remote Forced Dehumidification N.O. Contact

WARNING!!

Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-to24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to one or more of the boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in such a way that the expansion modules and the controller are always powered together. Loss of power to the expansion module will cause the controller to become inoperative until power is restored to the expansion module.

24 VAC POWER

BI1 BI2 BI3 BI4 BI5 BI6 BI7 BI8

24 VAC POWER ONLY

ONLY

WARNING!POLARITY MUST BE

WARNING!

OBSERVED OR THE BOARD

POLARITY

WILL BE DAMAGED

MUST BE OBSERVED OR

POLARITY

WARNING

OBSERVE

THE BOARD WILL BE DAMAGED

VCM-X Expansion Module

Orion No.:OE333-23-EM

PR OUT

TO VCM-X INPUT

OE333-23-EM-A VCM-X EXPANSION MODULE

GND

TERMINALS AI5 & GND

PR OUT

TO VCM-X INPUT

GND

TERMINALS AI5 & GND

SUCTION PRESSURE

+V

TRANSDUCER CONNECTION

SIG

FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT

GND

DIGITALCOMPRESSOR

SUCTION PRESSURE

+V

TRANSDUCER CONNECTION

SIG

FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT

GND

DIGITALCOMPRESSOR

RELAY 1 = RELAY 3 =

RELAY 2 = RELAY 4 =

IT IS SUGGESTED

RELAY 1 = RELAY 3 =

THATYOU WRITE THE DESCRIPTION OF

RELAY 2 = RELAY 4 =

THE RELAYOUTPUTS YOUARE USING IN THE BOXES

IT IS SUGGESTED

PROVIDEDABOVE

THATYOU WRITE THE

WITHA PERMANENT

DESCRIPTION OF

MARKER (SHARPIE®)

THE RELAYOUTPUTS YOUARE USING IN THE BOXES PROVIDEDABOVE

ANALOG INPUT

WITHA PERMANENT

JUMPER SETTINGS

MARKER (SHARPIE®)

MUST BE SETAS

SHOWN FOR

PROPER

ANALOG INPUT

OPERATION

JUMPER SETTINGS

MUST BE SETAS

SHOWN FOR

ANALOG INPUT

PROPER

JUMPER

OPERATION

SETTINGS

THERM

ANALOG INPUT

4-20mA

AI1

JUMPER

0-10V

SETTINGS

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI2

AI1

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI2

AI3

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI3

AI4

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI4

0-10V

I2C

0-5V

EXPANSION

I2C

WattMaster Label

EXPANSION

#LB102034-01

www.aaon.com

www.orioncontrols.com

BI1 = EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN - N.C. INPUT BI2

= DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT

BI3

= PROOF OF FLOW - N.O. INPUT

BI4

= REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT

BI5

= REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT

BI1 = HOOD ON - N.O. INPUT

BI6

= REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT

= DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT

BI2

BI7

= HOOD ON - N.O. INPUT

= PROOF OF FLOW - N.O. INPUT

BI3

BI8

= REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT

= REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT

BI4

= REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT

BI5

= REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT

BI6

NOTE:

= SMOKE DETECTOR - N.C. INPUT

BI7

ALL BINARY INPUTS MUST BE 24 VAC ONLY.

= REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT

BI8

AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR

NOTE:

DAMPER ACTUATOR (0-10 OR 2-10 VDC)

ALL BINARY INPUTS MUST BE 24 VAC ONLY.

= MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL

AO2

(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)

AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR

= MODULATING COOLING/DIGITALSCROLL

AO3

DAMPER ACTUATOR (0-10 OR 2-10 VDC)

SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)

AO2

= MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL

= RETURN AIR DAMPERACTUATOR

AO4

(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)

(0-10 VDC)

AO3

= MODULATING COOLING/DIGITALSCROLL

= RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPERACTUATOR

AO5

SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)

(0-10 VDC)

AO4

= RETURN AIR DAMPERACTUATOR

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

GND

(0-10 VDC)

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

GND

AO5

= RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPERACTUATOR

(0-10 VDC)

AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

= INDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

AI2

I

= ECONOMIZER FEEDBACK

A3

= BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)

AI4

AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

GND

= INDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

AI2

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

GND

= CO2 (0-10 VDC)

AI3

= BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)

AI4

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

GND GND

I2C

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

EXPANSION

I2C

EXPANSION

www.orioncontrols.com

AAON No.:

R69190

RELAY CONTACT RATING IS 1AMP MAX @ 24 VAC

RELAY CONTACT

RELAY 1

RATING IS 1AMP MAX @ 24 VAC

RELAY 2

RELAY 1

RELAY 3

RELAY 2

RELAY 4

RELAY 3

RELAY COMMON

RELAY 4

RELAY COMMON

WattMaster Label

#LB102034-01-A

Rev.: 1L

VCM

VCM-X Expansion Module

Figure 27: VCM-X Expansion Module Binary Inputs Wiring

46

Modular Cable

Connect To VCM-X E-BUS

Controller

Modular Cable

Connect To Next Expansion

Board (When Used)

JOB NAME

FILENAME

OVCMX-Exp-BinaryInputs1B.CDR

DATE:

PAGE

1 of 1

05/14/15

VCM-X Expansion Module

S. Olson

DESCRIPTION:

Binary Inputs

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring

WARNING!!

Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-to24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to one or more of the boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in such a way that the expansion modules and the controller are always powered together. Loss of power to the expansion module will cause the controller to become inoperative until power is restored to the expansion module.

4 Binary Input Expansion Module

Modular Cable

Connect To VCM-X

E-BUS Controller

5 VA Minimum Power Required

For 4 Binary Input Expansion

Module

24 VAC

GND

OE356-00-BI

4 Binary

Input

Expansion

Module

Modular Cable

Connect To Next

Expansion Board

(When Used)

24 VAC

GND

24VAC

PWR

COM

BI4

BI1

BI3

BI2

VCM BIN EXP BOARD

YS102364 REV1

Emergency Shutdown - N.C. Contact

Dirty Filter - N.O. Contact

Proof Of Flow - N.O. Contact

Remote Forced Occupied - N.O. Contact

Figure 28: OE356-00-BI 4 Binary Input Expansion Module Wiring

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

COM

FILENAME

OVCMX-BinInput-4BIN-1A.CDR

PAGE

1 of 1

BI2

BI4

BI3

DATE:

Binary Inputs On 4 Binary Input Module

BI1

JOB NAME

01/10/13

VCM-X Expansion Module

S. Olson

DESCRIPTION:

47

VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring

Outdoor Air Humidity Sensor

24 VAC

GND

10 VA Minimum Power Required For

VCM-X Expansion Module

OA Humidity Sensor

Span

VAC or DC

GND

44556

3

2

1

ON

Zero

0-5V or 0-10V

Jumper

6

3

2

1

Must

Be Set To

0-5V As

ON

Shown

4

3

2

1

ON

Jumpers Must Be

Set as Shown

For Correct

O-5 VDC

Operation 1 & 3 Are Off 2 & 4 Are On

4-20 mA

4ON321

Zone

WARNING!!

Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-to24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to one or more of the boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in such a way that the expansion modules and the controller are always powered together. Loss of power to the expansion module will cause the controller to become inoperative until power is restored to the expansion module.

24 VAC POWER

GND

24 VAC POWER ONLY

ONLY

WARNING!POLARITY MUST BE

WARNING!

OBSERVED OR THE BOARD

POLARITY

WILL BE DAMAGED

MUST BE OBSERVED OR

POLARITY

WARNING

OBSERVE

AI1

THE BOARD WILL BE DAMAGED

VCM-X Expansion Module

Orion No.:OE333-23-EM

PR OUT

TO VCM-X INPUT

OE333-23-EM-A VCM-X EXPANSION MODULE

GND

TERMINALS AI5 & GND

PR OUT

TO VCM-X INPUT

GND

TERMINALS AI5 & GND

SUCTION PRESSURE

+V

TRANSDUCER CONNECTION

SIG

FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT

GND

DIGITALCOMPRESSOR

SUCTION PRESSURE

+V

TRANSDUCER CONNECTION

SIG

FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT

GND

DIGITALCOMPRESSOR

RELAY1 = RELAY3 =

RELAY2 = RELAY4 =

RELAY1 = RELAY3 =

IT IS SUGGESTED THATYOU WRITE THE DESCRIPTION OF

RELAY2 = RELAY4 =

THE RELAYOUTPUTS YOUARE USING IN THE BOXES

IT IS SUGGESTED

PROVIDEDABOVE

THATYOU WRITE THE

WITHA PERMANENT

DESCRIPTION OF

MARKER (SHARPIE®)

THE RELAYOUTPUTS YOUARE USING IN THE BOXES PROVIDEDABOVE

ANALOG INPUT

WITHA PERMANENT MARKER (SHARPIE®)

JUMPER SETTINGS

MUST BE SETAS

SHOWN FOR

PROPER

ANALOG INPUT

OPERATION

JUMPER SETTINGS

MUST BE SETAS

SHOWN FOR

ANALOG INPUT

PROPER

JUMPER

OPERATION

SETTINGS

THERM

ANALOG INPUT

4-20mA

AI1

JUMPER

0-10V

SETTINGS

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI2

AI1

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI2

AI3

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI3

AI4

0-10V

0-5V

THERM 4-20mA

AI4

0-10V

I2C

0-5V

EXPANSION

I2C

WattMaster Label

EXPANSION

#LB102034-01

www.aaon.com

www.orioncontrols.com

BI1 = EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN - N.C. INPUT BI2

= DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT

BI3

= PROOF OF FLOW - N.O. INPUT

BI4

= REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT

BI5

= REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT

BI1 = HOOD ON - N.O. INPUT

BI6

= REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT

= DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT

BI2

BI7

= HOOD ON - N.O. INPUT

= PROOF OF FLOW - N.O. INPUT

BI3

BI8

= REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT

= REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT

BI4

= REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT

BI5 BI6

= REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT

NOTE:

BI7

= SMOKE DETECTOR - N.C. INPUT

ALL BINARY INPUTS MUSTBE 24 VAC ONLY.

BI8

= REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT

AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR

NOTE: ALL BINARY INPUTS MUSTBE 24 VAC ONLY.

DAMPER ACTUATOR (0-10 OR 2-10 VDC)

= MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL

AO2

(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)

AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR

= MODULATING COOLING/DIGITALSCROLL

AO3

DAMPER ACTUATOR (0-10 OR 2-10 VDC)

SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)

= MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL

AO2

AO4

= RETURN AIR DAMPERACTUATOR

(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)

(0-10 VDC)

= MODULATING COOLING/DIGITALSCROLL

AO3

AO5

= RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPERACTUATOR

SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)

(0-10 VDC)

= RETURN AIR DAMPERACTUATOR

AO4

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

(0-10 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

= RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPERACTUATOR

AO5

(0-10 VDC)

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

GND

AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

GND

AI2

= INDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

A3

= ECONOMIZER FEEDBACK

I

AI4

= BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)

AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

AI2

= INDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

AI3

= CO2 (0-10 VDC)

AI4

= BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

I2C

EXPANSION

I2C

EXPANSION

www.orioncontrols.com

AAON No.:

R69190

RELAYCONTACT RATING IS 1AMP MAX @ 24 VAC

RELAYCONTACT

RELAY1

RATING IS 1AMP MAX @ 24 VAC

RELAY2

RELAY1

RELAY3

RELAY2

RELAY4

RELAY3

RELAY COMMON

RELAY4

RELAY COMMON

WattMaster Label

#LB102034-01-A

Rev.: 1L

VCM

Jumpers Must Be Set as

Shown For Normal

Operation Of Sensor

1, 2, 4, 5 & 6 Are Off

3 Is On

VCM-X Expansion

Module

Figure 29: OE265-13 - Outdoor Air Humidity Sensor Wiring

48

Modular Cable

Connect To Next Expansion

Board (When Used)

Modular Cable

Connect To VCM-X

E-BUS Controller

JOB NAME

FILENAME

OVCMX-OA-HumSensorWr-1B.CDR

PAG E

1 of 1

DATE:

05/14/15

VCM-X Expansion Module

Outdoor Air Humidity Sensor

B. Crews

DESCRIPTION:

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

24 VAC

GND

10 VA Minimum Power Required For

VCM-X Expansion Module

Space Humidity Sensor

Zero

Span

4

3

2

1

Io

Vin

Vo

Gnd

ON

44556

3

2

1

ON

Jumpers Must Be

6

3

2

1

ON

Set as Shown For

Jumpers Must Be Set as

Shown For Normal

Operation Of Sensor

1, 2, 4, 5 & 6 Are Off

3 Is On

Correct

O-5 VDC

Operation 1 & 3 Are Off 2 & 4 Are On

VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring

Indoor Wall-Mounted Humidity Sensor

WARNING!!

Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-to-24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to one or more of the boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in such a way that the expansion modules and the controller are always powered together. Loss of power to the expansion module will cause the controller to become inoperative until power is restored to the expansion module.

24 VAC POWER

4

3

2

1

ON

Jumper Must

Be Set To

0-5V As Shown

VCM-X Expansion Module

AI2

GND

24 VAC POWER ONLY

ONLY

WARNING!POLARITY MUST BE

WARNING!

OBSERVED OR THE BOARD

POLARITY

WILL BE DAMAGED

MUST BE OBSERVED OR

POLARITY

WARNING

OBSERVE

THE BOARD WILL BE DAMAGED

VCM-X Expansion Module

Orion No.:OE333-23-EM

PR OUT

TO VCM-X INPUT

OE333-23-EM-AVCM-X EXPANSION MODULE

GND

TERMINALS AI5 & GND

PR OUT GND

SUCTION PRESSURE

+V

TRANSDUCER CONNECTION

SIG

FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT

GND

DIGITALCOMPRESSOR

SUCTION PRESSURE

+V

TRANSDUCER CONNECTION

SIG

FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT

GND

DIGITALCOMPRESSOR

RELAY1 = RELAY 3 =

RELAY2 = RELAY 4 =

RELAY1 = RELAY 3 =

ITIS SUGGESTED THATYOU WRITE THE DESCRIPTION OF

RELAY2 = RELAY 4 =

THE RELAYOUTPUTS YOUARE USING IN THE BOXES

ITIS SUGGESTED

PROVIDEDABOVE

THATYOU WRITE THE

WITHA PERMANENT

DESCRIPTION OF

MARKER (SHARPIE®)

THE RELAYOUTPUTS YOUARE USING IN THE BOXES PROVIDEDABOVE WITHA PERMANENT

ANALOG INPUT

MARKER (SHARPIE®)

JUMPER SETTINGS

MUST BE SETAS

SHOWN FOR

PROPER

ANALOG INPUT

OPERATION

JUMPER SETTINGS

MUST BE SETAS

SHOWN FOR

ANALOG INPUT

PROPER

JUMPER

OPERATION

SETTINGS

THERM

ANALOG INPUT

4-20mA

AI1

JUMPER

0-10V

SETTINGS

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI1

AI2

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI2

AI3

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI3

0-10V

AI4

0-10V

0-5V

THERM 4-20mA

AI4

0-10V

I2C

0-5V

EXPANSION

I2C

WattMaster Label

EXPANSION

#LB102034-01

www.aaon.com

TO VCM-X INPUT TERMINALS AI5 & GND

BI1 = EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN - N.C. INPUT BI2

= DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT = PROOF OF FLOW - N.O. INPUT

BI3

= REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT

BI4

BI1 = HOOD ON - N.O. INPUT

= REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT

BI5

BI2

= DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT

= REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT

BI6

BI3

= PROOF OF FLOW - N.O. INPUT

= HOOD ON - N.O. INPUT

BI7

BI4

= REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT

= REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT

BI8

BI5

= REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT

BI6

= REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT

NOTE:

BI7

= SMOKE DETECTOR - N.C. INPUT

ALL BINARY INPUTS MUSTBE 24 VAC ONLY.

BI8

= REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT

NOTE:

AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR

ALL BINARYINPUTS MUST BE 24 VAC ONLY.

DAMPER ACTUATOR (0-10 OR 2-10 VDC)

= MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL

AO2

(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)

AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR

= MODULATING COOLING/DIGITALSCROLL

AO3

DAMPER ACTUATOR (0-10 OR 2-10 VDC)

SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)

= MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL

AO2

= RETURN AIR DAMPERACTUATOR

AO4

(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)

(0-10 VDC)

= MODULATING COOLING/DIGITALSCROLL

AO3

= RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPERACTUATOR

AO5

SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)

(0-10 VDC)

= RETURN AIR DAMPERACTUATOR

AO4

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

GND

(0-10 VDC)

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

GND

= RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPERACTUATOR

AO5

(0-10 VDC)

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

GND

AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

GND

AI2

= INDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

A3

= ECONOMIZER FEEDBACK

I

AI4

= BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)

AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

AI2

= INDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

AI3

= CO2 (0-10 VDC)

AI4

= BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

I2C

EXPANSION

www.orioncontrols.com

AAON No.:

R69190

www.orioncontrols.com

RELAYCONTACT RATING IS 1AMP MAX @ 24 VAC

RELAY1

RELAY2

RELAY3

RELAY COMMON

RELAY4

RELAY COMMON

WattMaster Label

#LB102034-01-A

Rev.: 1L

Connect To Next Expansion

Connect To VCM-X E-BUS

I2C

EXPANSION

RELAY1

RELAY2

RELAY3

RELAY4

VCM

Modular Cable

Board (When Used)

Modular Cable

Controller

OVCMX-SPC-HumSensorWr-1B.CDR

PAGE

1 of 1

Figure 30: OE265-11 - Indoor Wall Mounted Humidity Sensor Wiring

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

DATE:

FILENAME

DATE:

JOB NAME

S. Olson05/14/15

01/11/13

B. Crews

DESCRIPTION:

VCM-X Expansion Module

Space Humidity Sensor

49

VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring

Return Air Humidity Sensor

24 VAC

GND

10 VA Minimum Power Required For

VCM-X Expansion Module

RA Humidity Sensor

Span

VAC or DC

GND

44556

3

2

1

ON

Zero

0-5V or 0-10V

6

3

GND

2

1

ON

Jumper Must

Be Set To

0-5V As Shown

4ON321

4

3

2

1

ON

Jumpers Must Be Set as

Shown For Correct

O-5 VDC Operation

1 & 3 Are Off 2 & 4 Are On

4-20 mA

AI2

WARNING!!

Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-to-24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to one or more of the boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in such a way that the expansion modules and the controller are always powered together. Loss of power to the expansion module will cause the controller to become inoperative until power is restored to the expansion module.

24 VAC POWER

24 VAC POWER ONLY

ONLY

WARNING!POLARITY MUST BE

WARNING!

OBSERVED OR THE BOARD

POLARITY

WILL BE DAMAGED

MUST BE OBSERVED OR

POLARITY

WARNING

OBSERVE

THE BOARD WILL BE DAMAGED

VCM-X Expansion Module

Orion No.:OE333-23-EM

PR OUT

TO VCM-X INPUT

OE333-23-EM-AVCM-X EXPANSION MODULE

GND

TERMINALS AI5 & GND

PR OUT

TO VCM-X INPUT

GND

TERMINALS AI5 & GND

SUCTION PRESSURE

+V

TRANSDUCER CONNECTION

SIG

FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT

GND

DIGITALCOMPRESSOR

SUCTION PRESSURE

+V

TRANSDUCER CONNECTION

SIG

FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT

GND

DIGITALCOMPRESSOR

RELAY1 = RELAY 3 =

RELAY2 = RELAY 4 =

RELAY1 = RELAY 3 =

ITIS SUGGESTED THATYOU WRITE THE DESCRIPTION OF

RELAY2 = RELAY 4 =

THE RELAYOUTPUTS YOUARE USING IN THE BOXES

ITIS SUGGESTED

PROVIDEDABOVE

THATYOU WRITE THE

WITHA PERMANENT

DESCRIPTION OF

MARKER (SHARPIE®)

THE RELAYOUTPUTS YOUARE USING IN THE BOXES PROVIDEDABOVE

ANALOG INPUT

WITHA PERMANENT MARKER (SHARPIE®)

JUMPER SETTINGS

MUST BE SETAS

SHOWN FOR

PROPER

ANALOG INPUT

OPERATION

JUMPER SETTINGS

MUST BE SETAS

SHOWN FOR

ANALOG INPUT

PROPER

JUMPER

OPERATION

SETTINGS

THERM

ANALOG INPUT

4-20mA

AI1

JUMPER

0-10V

SETTINGS

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI2

AI1

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI2

AI3

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI3

AI4

0-10V

0-5V

THERM 4-20mA

AI4

0-10V

I2C

0-5V

EXPANSION

I2C

WattMaster Label

EXPANSION

www.aaon.com

www.orioncontrols.com

BI1 = EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN - N.C. INPUT

= DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT

BI2

= PROOF OF FLOW - N.O. INPUT

BI3

= REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT

BI4

= REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT

BI5

BI1 = HOOD ON - N.O. INPUT

= REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT

BI6

= DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT

BI2

= PROOF OF FLOW - N.O. INPUT

BI3

= HOOD ON - N.O. INPUT

BI7

= REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT

BI4

= REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT

BI8

= REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT

BI5

= REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT

BI6

NOTE:

= SMOKE DETECTOR - N.C. INPUT

BI7

ALL BINARY INPUTS MUSTBE 24 VAC ONLY.

= REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT

BI8

NOTE:

AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR

ALL BINARYI NPUTS MUSTBE 24 VAC ONLY.

DAMPER ACTUATOR (0-10 OR 2-10 VDC)

AO2

= MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL

(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)

AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR

AO3

= MODULATING COOLING/DIGITALSCROLL

DAMPER ACTUATOR (0-10 OR 2-10 VDC)

SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)

AO2

= MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL

AO4

= RETURN AIR DAMPERACTUATOR

(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)

(0-10 VDC)

AO3

= MODULATING COOLING/DIGITALSCROLL

AO5

= RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPERACTUATOR

SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)

(0-10 VDC)

AO4

= RETURN AIR DAMPERACTUATOR

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

(0-10 VDC)

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

GND

AO5

= RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPERACTUATOR

(0-10 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

AI2

= INDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

A3

= ECONOMIZER FEEDBACK

I

AI4

= BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)

AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

AI2

= INDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

AI3

= CO2 (0-10 VDC)

AI4

= BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

I2C

EXPANSION

#LB102034-01

www.orioncontrols.com

AAON No.:

RELAYCONTACT RATING IS 1AMP MAX @ 24 VAC

RELAY COMMON

WattMaster Label

#LB102034-01-A

EXPANSION

R69190

RELAY1

RELAY2

RELAY1

RELAY3

RELAY2

RELAY4

RELAY3

RELAY COMMON

RELAY4

Rev.: 1L

I2C

VCM

Jumpers Must Be Set as Shown For Normal

Operation Of

Sensor

1, 2, 4, 5 & 6 Are Off

3 Is On

VCM-X Expansion

Module

Figure 31: OE265-14 - Indoor Return Air Humidity Sensor Wiring

50

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

Modular Cable

Connect To VCM-X E-BUS

Controller

Connect To Next Expansion

Board (When Used)

DATE:

05/14/15

FILENAME

OVCMX-RA-HumSensorWr-1B.CDR

01/11/13

DATE:

PAGE

1 of 1

VCM-X Expansion Module

Return Air Humidity Sensor

Modular Cable

JOB NAME

S. Olson

B. Crews

DESCRIPTION:

10 VA Minimum Power Required For

Y1 3

+ 2

COM - 1

Economizer Feedback 5

VCM-X Expansion Module

Economizer Damper Actuator

(Belimo Actuator Shown)

Title 24 Economizer

Actuator Feedback

Signal 0-10VDC

(By Others)

Belimo Actuator

Wiring Shown. Consult Factory For Other Manufacturer

Wiring Instructions

24 VAC

GND

VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring

See Economizer Actuator Wiring

For VCM-X

AO1 Controller

NOTE: For

Economizer Actuator

Wiring, See

Wiring For The VCM-X

AO1

Controller.

Jumper Must

Title 24 Economizer Actuator Feedback

WARNING!!

Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VACto-24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to one or more of the boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in such a way that the expansion modules and the controller are always powered together. Loss of power to the expansion module will cause the controller to become inoperative until power is restored to the expansion module.

24 VAC POWER

Be Set To

0-10V As

Shown

AI3

GND

24 VAC POWER ONLY

ONLY

WARNING!POLARITY MUST BE

WARNING!

OBSERVED OR THE BOARD

POLARITY

WILL BE DAMAGED

MUST BE

POLARITY

WARNING

OBSERVE

OBSERVED OR THE BOARD WILL BE DAMAGED

VCM-X Expansion Module

Orion No.:OE333-23-EM

OE333-23-EM-A VCM-X EXPANSION MODULE

PR OUT

TO VCM-X INPUT

GND

TERMINALS AI5 & GND

PR OUT

TO VCM-X INPUT

GND

TERMINALS AI5 & GND

SUCTION PRESSURE

+V

TRANSDUCER CONNECTION

SIG

FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT

GND

DIGITALCOMPRESSOR

SUCTION PRESSURE

+V

TRANSDUCER CONNECTION

SIG

FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT

GND

DIGITALCOMPRESSOR

RELAY1 = RELAY3 =

RELAY2 = RELAY4 =

RELAY1 = RELAY 3 =

IT IS SUGGESTED THATYOU WRITE THE DESCRIPTION OF

RELAY2 = RELAY 4 =

THE RELAYOUTPUTS YOUARE USING IN THE BOXES

IT IS SUGGESTED

PROVIDEDABOVE

THATYOU WRITE THE

WITHA PERMANENT

DESCRIPTION OF

MARKER (SHARPIE®)

THE RELAYOUTPUTS YOUARE USING IN THE BOXES PROVIDEDABOVE WITHA PERMANENT

ANALOG INPUT

MARKER (SHARPIE®)

JUMPER SETTINGS

MUST BE SETAS

SHOWN FOR

PROPER

ANALOG INPUT

OPERATION

JUMPER SETTINGS

MUST BE SETAS

SHOWN FOR

ANALOG INPUT

PROPER

JUMPER

OPERATION

SETTINGS

THERM

ANALOG INPUT

4-20mA

AI1

JUMPER

0-10V

SETTINGS

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI1

AI2

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI2

AI3

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI3

AI4

0-10V

0-5V

THERM 4-20mA

AI4

0-10V

I2C

0-5V

EXPANSION

I2C

WattMaster Label

EXPANSION

www.aaon.com

BI1 = EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN - N.C. INPUT

= DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT

BI2

= PROOF OF FLOW - N.O. INPUT

BI3

= REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT

BI4

BI1 = HOOD ON - N.O. INPUT

= REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT

BI5

= DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT

BI2

= REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT

BI6

= PROOF OF FLOW - N.O. INPUT

BI3

= HOOD ON - N.O. INPUT

BI7

= REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT

BI4

= REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT

BI8

= REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT

BI5

= REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT

BI6

NOTE:

= SMOKE DETECTOR - N.C. INPUT

BI7

ALL BINARY INPUTS MUSTBE 24 VAC ONLY.

= REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT

BI8

NOTE:

AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR

ALL BINARY INPUTS MUSTBE 24 VAC ONLY.

DAMPER ACTUATOR (0-10 OR 2-10 VDC)

AO2

= MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL

(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)

AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR

AO3

= MODULATING COOLING/DIGITALSCROLL

DAMPER ACTUATOR (0-10 OR 2-10 VDC)

SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)

AO2

= MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL

AO4

= RETURN AIR DAMPERACTUATOR

(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)

(0-10 VDC)

AO3

= MODULATING COOLING/DIGITALSCROLL

AO5

= RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPERACTUATOR

SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)

(0-10 VDC)

AO4

= RETURN AIR DAMPERACTUATOR

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

(0-10 VDC)

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

GND

AO5

= RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPERACTUATOR

(0-10 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

AI2

= INDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

A3

= ECONOMIZER FEEDBACK

I

AI4

= BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)

AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

= INDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

AI2

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

= CO2 (0-10 VDC)

AI3

= BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)

AI4

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

GND

I2C

EXPANSION

#LB102034-01

www.orioncontrols.com

AAON No.:

www.orioncontrols.com

R69190

RELAYCONTACT RATING IS 1AMP MAX @ 24 VAC

RELAYCONTACT RATING IS 1AMP

RELAY1

MAX @ 24 VAC

RELAY2

RELAY1

RELAY3

RELAY2

RELAY4

RELAY3

RELAY

RELAY4

COMMON

RELAY COMMON

WattMaster Label

#LB102034-01-A

Rev.: 1L

I2C

VCM

VCM-X Expansion Module

Figure 32: Title 24 Economizer Actuator Feedback Wiring

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

FILENAME

OVCMX-Econo-Fdbk-1A.CDR

DATE:

05/15/15

PAGE

1 of 1

Title 24 Economizer Actuator Feedback Wiring

Modular Cable

Connect To VCM-X

E-BUS Controller

Modular Cable

Connect To Next Expansion

Board (When Used)

JOB NAME

DRAWN BY:

S.OLSON

DESCRIPTION:

VCM-X Expansion Module

51

VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring

3Y1

2

1 - COM

+

Building Pressure Sensor, Actuator & VFD

WARNING!!

Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-to-24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to one or more of the boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in such a way that the expansion modules and the controller are always powered together. Loss of power to the expansion module will cause the controller to become inoperative until power is restored to the expansion module.

10 VA Minimum

Power Required For

VCM-X Expansion

Module

OE258-01

Building

Pressure

Sensor

HIGH

Tubing To Building Pressure Sensing Location

24 VAC

GND

EXC

+

LOW

-

COM

Tubing To Outdoor Pressure Sensing Location

Jumper Must

Be Set To

0-5V As Shown

POLARITY

WARNING

OBSERVE

OUT

AI4

GND

VCM-X Expansion Module

24 VAC POWER

24 VAC POWER ONLY

ONLY

WARNING!POLARITY MUST BE

WARNING!

OBSERVED OR THE BOARD

POLARITY

WILLBE DAMAGED

MUST BE OBSERVED OR THE BOARD WILLBE DAMAGED

VCM-X Expansion Module

Orion No.:OE333-23-EM

PR OUT

OE333-23-EM-AVCM-X EXPANSION MODULE

GND

PR OUT GND

+V SIG GND

RELAY1 = RELAY3 =

RELAY2 = RELAY4 =

RELAY1 = RELAY 3 =

ITIS SUGGESTED THATYOU WRITE THE DESCRIPTION OF

RELAY2 = RELAY 4 =

THE RELAYOUTPUTS YOUARE USING IN THE BOXES

ITIS SUGGESTED

PROVIDEDABOVE

THATYOU WRITE THE

WITHA PERMANENT

DESCRIPTION OF

MARKER (SHARPIE®)

THE RELAYOUTPUTS YOUARE USING IN THE BOXES PROVIDEDABOVE

ANALOG INPUT

WITHA PERMANENT MARKER (SHARPIE®)

JUMPERSETTINGS

MUSTBE SET AS

SHOWN FOR

PROPER

ANALOG INPUT

OPERATION

JUMPER SETTINGS

MUSTBE SET AS

SHOWN FOR

ANALOG INPUT

PROPER

JUMPER

OPERATION

SETTINGS

THERM

ANALOG INPUT

4-20mA

AI1

JUMPER

0-10V

SETTINGS

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI2

AI1

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI2

AI3

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI3

AI4

0-10V

0-5V

THERM 4-20mA

AI4

0-10V

I2C

0-5V

EXPANSION

I2C

WattMaster Label

EXPANSION

#LB102034-01

www.aaon.com

TO VCM-X INPUT TERMINALSAI5 & GND

SUCTION PRESSURE TRANSDUCER CONNECTION FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT DIGITALCOMPRESSOR

BI1 = EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN - N.C. INPUT BI2 BI3 BI4 BI5

BI1 = HOOD ON - N.O. INPUT

BI6

BI2

BI7

BI3

BI8

BI4 BI5 BI6

NOTE:

BI7

ALL BINARYINPUTS MUST BE 24 VAC ONLY.

BI8

AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR

NOTE: ALLBINARY INPUTS MUST BE 24 VAC ONLY.

AO2

AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR

AO3

AO2

AO4

AO3

AO5

AO4

GND GND

AO5

GND

AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

GND

AI2 A3 AI4

AI1 = OUTDOORAIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

GND

AI2

GND

AI3 AI4 GND GND

www.orioncontrols.com

= DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT = PROOF OF FLOW - N.O. INPUT = REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT = REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT = REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT

= DIRTYFILTER - N.O. INPUT

= HOOD ON - N.O. INPUT

= PROOF OF FLOW - N.O. INPUT

= REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT

= REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT = REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT = REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT = SMOKE DETECTOR - N.C. INPUT = REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT

DAMPERACTUATOR (0-10 OR 2-10 VDC)

= MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL

(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)

= MODULATING COOLING/DIGITALSCROLL

DAMPERACTUATOR (0-10 OR 2-10 VDC)

SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)

= MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL

= RETURNAIR DAMPER ACTUATOR

(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)

(0-10 VDC)

= MODULATING COOLING/DIGITALSCROLL

= RETURNAIR BYPASS DAMPER ACTUATOR

SIGNAL(0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)

(0-10 VDC)

= RETURNAIR DAMPER ACTUATOR

= GROUND FORANALOG OUTPUTS

(0-10 VDC)

= GROUND FORANALOG OUTPUTS

= RETURNAIR BYPASS DAMPER ACTUATOR

(0-10 VDC) = GROUND FORANALOG OUTPUTS = GROUND FORANALOG OUTPUTS

= INDOORAIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC) = ECONOMIZER FEEDBACK

I

= BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)

= GROUND FORANALOG INPUTS

= INDOORAIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

= GROUND FORANALOG INPUTS

= CO2 (0-10 VDC) = BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)

= GROUND FORANALOG INPUTS = GROUND FORANALOG INPUTS

I2C

EXPANSION

www.orioncontrols.com

AAON No.:

RELAYCONTACT RATING IS 1AMP MAX @ 24 VAC

RELAY1

RELAY2

RELAY3

RELAY COMMON

RELAY4

RELAY COMMON

WattMasterLabel

#LB102034-01-A

Rev.: 1L

EXPANSION

R69190

RELAY1

RELAY2

RELAY3

RELAY4

Note: Both Types Of Building Pressure Control Devices Are Shown Below. Only One Type Of Building Pressure Control Device (Not Both) May Be Used On

I2C

VCM

GND

Each HVAC Unit.

Wiring When Using Damper

Actuator

For Building Pressure Control

Building Pressure Control

Damper Actuator

(By Others - Belimo Actuator Shown)

24 VAC

GND

Building Pressure Control

Exhaust Fan Variable

Frequency Drive

(By Others)

AO1

Sheild

Wiring When Using Exhaust

For Building Pressure

Caution: The VFD Unit Must Be Configured For 0-10VDC Input. The Input Resistance At The VFD Must Not Be Less Than 1000 Ohms When Measured At The VFD Terminals With All Input Wires Removed.

Sheild

GND

Fan VFD

Control

+

_

GND

Note: Wire To The VFD Using 18 GA Minimum 2 Conductor Twisted Pair With Shield Cable. Wire Shield To GND As Shown.

DATE:

FILENAME

OVCMX-BldgPr-Wr-1A.CDR

DATE:

PAGE

1 of 1

Figure 33: OE258-01 - Building Pressure Sensor & Actuator & VFD Wiring

52

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

JOB NAME

05/14/15

01/11/13

BY:

S. Olson

DRAWN BY:

B. Crews

DESCRIPTION:

VCM-X Expansion Module

Building Pressure Sensor, Actuator & VFD Wiring

VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring

Modulating Heating Device

WARNING!!

Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-to-24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to one or more of the boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in such a way that the expansion modules and the controller are always powered together. Loss of power to the expansion module will cause the controller to become inoperative until power is restored to the expansion module.

24 VAC

GND

24 VAC POWER

24 VAC POWER ONLY

ONLY

WARNING!POLARITY MUST BE

WARNING!

OBSERVED OR THE BOARD

POLARITY

WILL BE DAMAGED

MUST BE OBSERVED OR

POLARITY

WARNING

OBSERVE

THE BOARD WILL BE DAMAGED

VCM-X Expansion Module

Orion No.:OE333-23-EM

PR OUT

TO VCM-X INPUT

OE333-23-EM-A VCM-X EXPANSION MODULE

GND

TERMINALS AI5 & GND

PR OUT

TO VCM-X INPUT

GND

TERMINALS AI5 & GND

SUCTION PRESSURE

+V

TRANSDUCER CONNECTION

SIG

FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT

GND

DIGITALCOMPRESSOR

SUCTION PRESSURE

+V

TRANSDUCER CONNECTION

SIG

FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT

GND

DIGITALCOMPRESSOR

RELAY1 = RELAY3 =

RELAY2 = RELAY4 =

RELAY1 = RELAY 3 =

ITIS SUGGESTED THATYOU WRITE THE DESCRIPTION OF

RELAY2 = RELAY 4 =

THE RELAYOUTPUTS YOUARE USING IN THE BOXES

ITIS SUGGESTED

PROVIDEDABOVE

THATYOU WRITE THE

WITHA PERMANENT

DESCRIPTION OF

MARKER (SHARPIE®)

THE RELAYOUTPUTS YOUARE USING IN THE BOXES PROVIDEDABOVE

ANALOG INPUT

WITHA PERMANENT MARKER (SHARPIE®)

JUMPER SETTINGS

MUST BE SETAS

SHOWN FOR

PROPER

ANALOG INPUT

OPERATION

JUMPER SETTINGS

MUST BE SETAS

SHOWN FOR

ANALOG INPUT

PROPER

JUMPER

OPERATION

SETTINGS

THERM

ANALOG INPUT

4-20mA

AI1

JUMPER

0-10V

SETTINGS

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI2

AI1

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI2

AI3

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI3

AI4

0-10V

0-5V

THERM 4-20mA

AI4

0-10V

I2C

0-5V

EXPANSION

I2C

WattMaster Label

EXPANSION

www.aaon.com

BI1 = EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN - N.C. INPUT

= DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT

BI2

= PROOF OF FLOW - N.O. INPUT

BI3

= REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT

BI4

= REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT

BI5

BI1 = HOOD ON - N.O. INPUT

= REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT

BI6

= DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT

BI2

= HOOD ON - N.O. INPUT

BI7

= PROOF OF FLOW - N.O. INPUT

BI3

= REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT

BI8

= REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT

BI4

= REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT

BI5 BI6

= REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT

NOTE:

BI7

= SMOKE DETECTOR - N.C. INPUT

ALL BINARY INPUTS MUSTBE 24 VAC ONLY.

BI8

= REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT

AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR

NOTE: ALL BINARY INPUTS MUSTBE 24 VAC ONLY.

DAMPER ACTUATOR (0-10 OR 2-10 VDC)

= MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL

AO2

(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)

AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR

= MODULATING COOLING/DIGITALSCROLL

AO3

DAMPER ACTUATOR (0-10 OR 2-10 VDC)

SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)

= MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL

AO2

= RETURN AIR DAMPERACTUATOR

AO4

(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)

(0-10 VDC)

= MODULATING COOLING/DIGITALSCROLL

AO3

= RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPERACTUATOR

AO5

SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)

(0-10 VDC)

= RETURN AIR DAMPERACTUATOR

AO4

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

GND

(0-10 VDC)

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

GND

AO5

= RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPERACTUATOR

(0-10 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

AI2

= INDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

A3

= ECONOMIZER FEEDBACK

I

AI4

= BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)

AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

AI2

= INDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

AI3

= CO2 (0-10 VDC)

AI4

= BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

I2C

EXPANSION

#LB102034-01

www.orioncontrols.com

AAON No.:

R69190

www.orioncontrols.com

RELAYCONTACT RATING IS 1AMP MAX @ 24 VAC

RELAYCONTACT

RELAY1

RATING IS 1AMP MAX @ 24 VAC

RELAY2

RELAY1

RELAY3

RELAY2

RELAY4

RELAY3

RELAY COMMON

RELAY4

RELAY COMMON

WattMaster Label

#LB102034-01-A

Rev.: 1L

I2C

VCM

AO2

GND

10 VA Minimum Power Required

For VCM-X Expansion Module

Note:

1.) The Modulating Heating Device Used On The VCM-X Controller Must Have (1) Relay Output Configured For It In Order To Enable The Modulating Heating Device's Sequence. This Relay Output Must Configured When

Be

Setting Up The VCM-X Controller Operating Parameters. The Modulating Heating Output’s Voltage Can Also Be Configured For Either 0 To 10 VDC Or 2 To 10 VDC In The Configuration Menu.

Modulating Heating Device

(0 To 10 VDC Or 2 To 10 VDC Input)

+

_

GND

VCM-X

Expansion

Module

Connect To Next Expansion

Board (When Used)

Connect To VCM-X Controller

Figure 34: Modulating Heating Device Wiring

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

Modular Cable

FILENAME

OVCMX-Mod-Heat-Output-1B.CDR

DATE:

05/15/15

PAGE

1 of 1

VCM-X Expansion Module

Modulating Heating Output

JOB NAME

S. Olson

DESCRIPTION:

53

VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring

Modulating Cooling Device

WARNING!!

Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-to-24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to one or more of the boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in such a way that the expansion modules and the controller are always powered together. Loss of power to the expansion module will cause the controller to become inoperative until power is restored to the expansion module.

10 VA Minimum Power Required For

24 VAC POWER

24 VAC POWER ONLY

ONLY

WARNING!POLARITY MUST BE

WARNING!

OBSERVED OR THE BOARD

POLARITY

WILLBE DAMAGED

MUST BE OBSERVED OR

POLARITY

WARNING

OBSERVE

THE BOARD WILL BE DAMAGED

VCM-X Expansion Module

Orion No.:OE333-23-EM

PR OUT

OE333-23-EM-AVCM-X EXPANSION MODULE

GND

PR OUT GND

SUCTION PRESSURE

+V

TRANSDUCER CONNECTION

SIG

FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT

GND

DIGITALCOMPRESSOR

SUCTION PRESSURE

+V

TRANSDUCER CONNECTION

SIG

FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT

GND

DIGITALCOMPRESSOR

RELAY1 = RELAY 3 =

RELAY2 = RELAY 4 =

ITIS SUGGESTED

RELAY1 = RELAY 3 =

THATYOU WRITE THE DESCRIPTION OF

RELAY2 = RELAY 4 =

THE RELAYOUTPUTS YOUARE USING IN THE BOXES

ITIS SUGGESTED

PROVIDEDABOVE

THATYOU WRITE THE

WITHA PERMANENT

DESCRIPTION OF

MARKER (SHARPIE®)

THE RELAYOUTPUTS YOUARE USING IN THE BOXES PROVIDEDABOVE

ANALOG INPUT

WITHA PERMANENT

JUMPER SETTINGS

MARKER (SHARPIE®)

MUST BE SETAS

SHOWN FOR

PROPER

ANALOG INPUT

OPERATION

JUMPER SETTINGS

MUSTBE SET AS

SHOWN FOR

ANALOG INPUT

PROPER

JUMPER

OPERATION

SETTINGS

THERM 4-20mA

ANALOG INPUT

AI1

0-10V

JUMPER

0-5V

SETTINGS

THERM

4-20mA

AI2

AI1

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI3

AI2

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI4

AI3

0-10V

0-5V

THERM 4-20mA

AI4

0-10V

I2C

0-5V

EXPANSION

I2C

WattMaster Label

EXPANSION

#LB102034-01

www.aaon.com

TO VCM-X INPUT TERMINALS AI5 & GND

BI1 = EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN - N.C. INPUT BI2

= DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT

BI3

= PROOF OF FLOW - N.O. INPUT

BI4

= REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT

BI5

= REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT

BI1 = HOOD ON - N.O. INPUT

BI6

= REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT

BI2

= DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT

BI7

= HOOD ON - N.O. INPUT

BI3

= PROOF OF FLOW - N.O. INPUT

BI8

= REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT

BI4

= REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT

BI5

= REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT

NOTE:

BI6

= REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT

ALL BINARYINPUTS MUST BE 24 VAC ONLY.

BI7

= SMOKE DETECTOR - N.C. INPUT

BI8

= REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT

AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR

NOTE:

DAMPER ACTUATOR (0-10 OR 2-10 VDC)

ALL BINARYINPUTS MUST BE 24 VAC ONLY.

= MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL

AO2

(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)

AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR

= MODULATING COOLING/DIGITALSCROLL

AO3

DAMPER ACTUATOR (0-10 OR 2-10 VDC)

SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)

= MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL

AO2

= RETURN AIR DAMPERACTUATOR

AO4

(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)

(0-10 VDC)

= MODULATING COOLING/DIGITALSCROLL

AO3

= RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPERACTUATOR

AO5

SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)

(0-10 VDC)

= RETURN AIR DAMPERACTUATOR

AO4

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

GND

(0-10 VDC)

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

GND

AO5

= RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPERACTUATOR

(0-10 VDC)

AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

AI2

= INDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

A3

= ECONOMIZER FEEDBACK

I

AI4

= BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)

AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

AI2

= INDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

AI3

= CO2 (0-10 VDC)

AI4

= BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

I2C

EXPANSION

www.orioncontrols.com

AAON No.:

www.orioncontrols.com

RELAYCONTACT RATING IS 1AMP MAX @ 24 VAC

WattMaster Label #LB102034-01-A

EXPANSION

R69190

RELAY1

RELAY2

RELAY1

RELAY3

RELAY2

RELAY4

RELAY3

RELAY COMMON

RELAY4

RELAY COMMON

Rev.: 1L

I2C

24 VAC

GND

VCM-X Expansion Module

VCM

AO3

GND

Note:

1.) The Modulating Cooling Device Used Must Be Capable Of Accepting Either A 0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC, Or

1.5-5.0 VDC Input. The Modulating Cooling Output Voltage Is User- Configurable For These Voltages. This Voltage Output Must Be Configured When You Are Setting Up The VCM-X Controller’(s) Operating Parameters.

2.) The Modulating Cooling Device Used On The VCM-X Controller Must Have (1) Relay Output Configured In Order To Enable The Modulating Cooling Device's Sequence. This Relay Output Must Be Configured When Setting Up The VCM-X Controller Operating Parameters.

+

_

GND

Modulating Cooling Device

0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC or 1.5-5.0 VDC

(Configurable)

VCM-X

Expansion

Module

Connect To Next Expansion Board

Connect To VCM-X E-BUS Controller

Figure 35: Modulating Cooling Device Wiring

54

Modular Cable

(When Used)

Modular Cable

JOB NAME

FILENAME

OVCMX-Mod-Cool-Output-1B.CDR

S. Olson

DESCRIPTION:

PAGE

1 of 1

05/15/15

DATE:

VCM-X Expansion Module

Modulating Cooling Output

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring

WARNING!!

Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-to-24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to one or more of the boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in such a way that the expansion modules and the controller are always powered together. Loss of power to the expansion module will cause the controller to become inoperative until power is restored to the expansion module.

Return Air Bypass

24 VAC

GND

24 VAC POWER

24 VAC POWER ONLY

ONLY

WARNING!POLARITY MUST BE

WARNING!

OBSERVED OR THE BOARD

POLARITY

WILL BE DAMAGED

MUST BE OBSERVED OR

POLARITY

WARNING

OBSERVE

THE BOARD WILL BE DAMAGED

VCM-X Expansion Module

Orion No.:OE333-23-EM

PR OUT

TO VCM-X INPUT

OE333-23-EM-A VCM-X EXPANSION MODULE

GND

TERMINALS AI5 & GND

PR OUT

TO VCM-X INPUT

GND

TERMINALS AI5 & GND

SUCTION PRESSURE

+V

TRANSDUCER CONNECTION

SIG

FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT

GND

DIGITALCOMPRESSOR

SUCTION PRESSURE

+V

TRANSDUCER CONNECTION

SIG

FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT

GND

DIGITALCOMPRESSOR

RELAY1 = RELAY 3 =

RELAY2 = RELAY 4 =

IT IS SUGGESTED

RELAY1 = RELAY 3 =

THATYOU WRITE THE DESCRIPTION OF

RELAY2 = RELAY 4 =

THE RELAYOUTPUTS YOUARE USING IN THE BOXES

IT IS SUGGESTED

PROVIDEDABOVE

THATYOU WRITE THE

WITHA PERMANENT

DESCRIPTION OF

MARKER (SHARPIE®)

THE RELAYOUTPUTS YOUARE USING IN THE BOXES PROVIDEDABOVE

ANALOG INPUT

WITHA PERMANENT

JUMPER SETTINGS

MARKER (SHARPIE®)

MUST BE SETAS

SHOWN FOR

PROPER

ANALOG INPUT

OPERATION

JUMPER SETTINGS

MUST BE SETAS

SHOWN FOR

ANALOG INPUT

PROPER

JUMPER

OPERATION

SETTINGS

THERM 4-20mA

ANALOG INPUT

AI1

0-10V

JUMPER

0-5V

SETTINGS

THERM

4-20mA

AI2

AI1

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI3

AI2

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI4

AI3

0-10V

0-5V

THERM 4-20mA

AI4

0-10V

I2C

0-5V

EXPANSION

I2C

WattMaster Label

EXPANSION

www.aaon.com

BI1 = EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN - N.C. INPUT

= DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT

BI2

= PROOF OF FLOW - N.O. INPUT

BI3

= REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT

BI4

= REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT

BI5

BI1 = HOOD ON - N.O. INPUT

= REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT

BI6

BI2

= DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT

= HOOD ON - N.O. INPUT

BI7

BI3

= PROOF OF FLOW - N.O. INPUT

= REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT

BI8

BI4

= REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT

BI5

= REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT

NOTE:

BI6

= REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT

ALL BINARY INPUTS MUSTBE 24 VAC ONLY.

BI7

= SMOKE DETECTOR - N.C. INPUT

BI8

= REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT

AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR

NOTE:

DAMPER ACTUATOR (0-10 OR 2-10 VDC)

ALL BINARY INPUTS MUSTBE 24 VAC ONLY.

= MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL

AO2

(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)

= MODULATING COOLING/DIGITALSCROLL

AO3

AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR

SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)

DAMPER ACTUATOR (0-10 OR 2-10 VDC)

= MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL

AO2

= RETURN AIR DAMPERACTUATOR

AO4

(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)

(0-10 VDC)

= MODULATING COOLING/DIGITALSCROLL

AO3

= RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPERACTUATOR

AO5

SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)

(0-10 VDC)

= RETURN AIR DAMPERACTUATOR

AO4

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

GND

(0-10 VDC)

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

GND

= RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPERACTUATOR

AO5

(0-10 VDC)

AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

GND

AI2

= INDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

= GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS

GND

A3

= ECONOMIZER FEEDBACK

I

AI4

= BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)

AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

AI2

= INDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

AI3

= CO2 (0-10 VDC)

AI4

= BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)

GND

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

GND

I2C

= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS

EXPANSION

#LB102034-01

www.orioncontrols.com

AAON No.:

R69190

www.orioncontrols.com

RELAYCONTACT RATING IS 1AMP MAX @ 24 VAC

RELAYCONTACT

RELAY1

RATING IS 1AMP MAX @ 24 VAC

RELAY2

RELAY1

RELAY3

RELAY2

RELAY4

RELAY3

RELAY COMMON

RELAY4

RELAY COMMON

WattMaster Label

#LB102034-01-A

Rev.: 1L

I2C

Belimo Actuator Wiring

Shown. Consult Factory

For Other Manufacturer

VCM

AO4 AO5 GND

10 VA Minimum Power

Required For

VCM-X Expansion Module

Wiring Instructions.

Return Air

Damper Actuator

(0-10 VDC)

1 COM

2 +

3Y1

1 COM

2 +

3Y1

Return Air Bypass

Damper Actuator

(0-10 VDC)

VCM-X

Expansion

Module

Modular Cable

Connect To Next Expansion

Board (When Used)

Connect To VCM-X E-BUS Controller

Figure 36: Return Air Bypass Wiring

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

Modular Cable

FILENAME

OVCMX-RA-BYP-Wr-1B.cdr

DATE:

05/15/15

PAGE

1 of 1

JOB NAME

S. Olson

BY:

DESCRIPTION:

VCM-X Expansion Module

Return Air Bypass Wiring

55

VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring

EXP1

EXP2

12 Relay Expansion Module

WARNING!!

Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-to-24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to one or more of the boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in such a way that the expansion modules and the controller are always powered together. Loss of power to the expansion module will cause the controller to become inoperative until power is restored to the expansion module.

Modular Cable

Connect To Next Expansion Board

Modular Cable

(When Used)

24 VAC

OE358-23-12R

12-Relay

Expansion Module

POWER

24VAC

GND

EXP1

EXP2

RLY1

RLY2

RLY3

RLY4

RLY COM

MADE IN USA

24 VAC POWER ONLY

WARNING!POLARITY MUST BE OBSERVED OR THE BOARD WILLBE DAMAGED

OE358-23-12R-A 12 RELAYEXPANSION MODULE

RLY1 = RLY 7 =

RLY2 = RLY 8 =

RLY3 = RLY 9 =

RLY4 = RLY 10 =

RLY5 = RLY 11 =

RLY6 = RLY 12 =

NOTE: IT IS RECOMMENDED THATYOU WRITE THE DESCRIPTION OF THE RELAYOUTPUTS YOU ARE CONNECTING TO THE RELAYEXPANSION MODULE IN THE BOXES PROVIDEDABOVE USING APERMANENT MARKER (SHARPIE) FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.

J1

SET JUMPERAS

EXP1

SHOWN WHEN THE 12 RELAY

EXP2

EXPANSION MODULE IS USED

EXPANSION

ONLY

I2C

www.orioncontrols.com

®

EXP1

EXP2

WattMaster Label

#LB102043

J1

SET JUMPERAS SHOWN WHEN BOTH THE VCM EXPANSION MODULE ANDTHE RELAYEXPANSION MODULE ARE USED

EXPANSION

15 VA Minimum Power

Required For

12 Relay Expansion

Module

Set Jumper As Shown Below When Only The 12 Relay Expansion Module Is Used

Set Jumper As Shown Above When Both The 12 Relay & VCM-X Expansion Module Are Used

R1

Connect To VCM-X E-BUS Controller

GND

Note:

All Relay Outputs Are Normally Open And Rated For 24 VAC Power Only. 1 Amp Maximum Load.

Relay Output Contacts R1 Thru R12 May Be User-Configured For The Following:

1 - Heating Stages 2 - Cooling Stages 3 - Warm-up Mode Command (VAV Boxes) 4 - Reversing Valve (Heat Pumps) 5 - Reheat Control (Dehumidification) 6 - Exhaust Fan Interlock 7 - Preheater For Low Ambient Protection 8 - Alarm 9 - Override 10 - Occupied 11 - OA Damper 12 - Heat Wheel 13 - Emergency Heat

Note:

A Total Of 20 Relays Are Available

RELAY

I2C

EXPANSION BOARD

YS102228 REV 1

RLY COM

By Adding Relay Expansion Modules. All Expansion Module Relay Outputs Are

-

User Configurable As Listed Above.

RLY5

RLY6

RLY7

RLY8

RLY9

RLY10

RLY11

RLY12

R5

Configurable Relay Output #5

R6

Configurable Relay Output #6

R7

Configurable Relay Output #7

R8

Configurable Relay Output #8

R9

Configurable Relay Output #9Configurable Relay Output #1

R10R2

Configurable Relay Output #10Configurable Relay Output #2

R11R3

Configurable Relay Output #11Configurable Relay Output #3

R12R4

Configurable Relay Output #12Configurable Relay Output #4

Figure 37: OE358-23-12R - 12 Relay Expansion Module Wiring

56

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

FILENAME

OVCMX-12RelayWire-1A.CDR

DATE:

01/11/13

PAGE

1 of 1

VCM-X Controller Wiring Detail

12 Relay Expansion Module

JOB NAME

S. Olson

DESCRIPTION:

Connect To

VCM-X E-BUS Port

VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring

Airflow Monitoring Station

ANALOG INPU

JUMPER SETTINGS

AI1 SET

AI1

AI2 SET AI3 SET

AI2

AI3

AI4

AI5

AI4 SET AI5 SET AI7 SET

AI7

THERM 4-20mA

AI1

0-10V 0-5V

THERM

4-20mA

AI2

0-10V 0-5V

THERM 4-20mA

AI3

0-10V 0-5V

THERM

EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN

4-20mA

AI4

0-10V 0-5V

THERM 4-20mA

AI5

0-10V 0-5V

THERM 4-20mA

AI7

0-10V 0-5V

ANALOG INPUTJUMPER SETTINGS MUSTBE SET AS SHOWN FOR PROPER OPERATION

STATIC

WattMaster Label

#LB102033-01

PRESSURE

VCM-X E-BUS Controller

24 VAC POWER ONLY

WARNING!POLARITY MUST BE OBSERVED

OR THE CONTROLLER WILLBE DAMAGED

I2C

EXPANSION

I2C DIGITAL

SENSOR

OE365-15-EBA

E-BUS Adapter Board

NET+ NETCOMM

Airflow Measurement

Digital Transmitter Terminals

For Supply Air CFM

(Set Address Switch To 11)

Airflow Measurement

Digital Transmitter Terminals

For Return Air CFM

(Set Address Switch To 10)

Airflow Measurement

Digital Transmitter Terminals

For Outdoor Air CFM

(Set Address Switch To 9)

HSSC Cable Connect To

VCM-X E-BUS Port

JOB NAME

FILENAME

OVCMX-Airflow-Station-1A.cdr

S. Olson

PAGE

1 of 1

DATE:

05/15/15

Airflow Monitoring Station Wiring

BY:

DESCRIPTION:

VCM-X Expansion Module

Figure 38: OE365-15-EBA - EBTRON® GTC116 Series, GreenTrolTM GA-200-N Series, and Paragon MicroTransEQ Series Air Flow Measurement Digital Transmitter Wiring

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

57

VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring

Zone

58

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

Modular & Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controller Wiring

Modular & Non-Modular

VAV/Zone Controller

Diagrams

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

59

Zone

O

Modular & Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controller Wiring

Zone

Modular VAV/Zone Controller Actuator Package Wiring

OE325-01 Fan & Reheat

Expansion Module

(See Reheat Board Wiring For

Detailed Wiring Connections)

RELAYS

ANALOG

GND

RcR1R2R3R4

AOUT

MADEIN USA

WATMASTERCONTROLS INC.

VDE

SA

5A30VDC

CHINA

DC24V

G5Q-1A4

OMRON

VREF

THERM 4-20mA

0-10V

0-5V

Connect FRP Tubing (By Others) To Terminal

Unit Air Flow Pickup Tube Hi & Lo Ports

(P.I. VAV/Zone Controller Packages Only)

www.orioncontrols.com

OE744-31-VAVZ

P.I. VAV/ZONE

CONTROLLER ACTUATOR

PACKAGE

ZONEEXPANSION

YS102252REV 1

VDE

SA

5A30VDC

10A250VAC~

CHINA

DC24V

G5Q-1A4

OMRON

G5Q-1A4

OMRON

G5Q-1A4

OMRON

STAT

PIC18F4520

COMM

This Expansion Module Is

ANALOGINPUT

GND

AIN

Only Required For Single

Duct Terminal Units With

Reheat And All Fan

OE282

Terminal Units

Note: The Total Length Of Cable Cannot Exceed 160 Feet.

Wiring When Using A Modular Sensor

OE210-02, OE211-02, OE212-02

Or OE213-02 Modular Room Sensor

FMRSC Cable

TSDRSC Or FMRSC Cable As Required. Select Cable Depending On Sensor(s) Used. See Notes Above For Details

Optional - Supply Air Temperature Sensor. Only Required When The Orion VCM-X Controller Is Not Installed On The HVAC Unit Connected To The Terminal Units.Locate In Ductwork Downstream Of The Terminal Unit

Note: The Total Length Of Cable Cannot Exceed 160 Feet.

Wiring When Using A Digital Room Sensor

OE217-00 / OE217-01 Digital Room Sensor

OVERRIDE ALARM

Display

Connector Not Used With This Product

TSDRSC Cable

Override

Modular Expansion Cable Supplied With OE325-01 Expansion Module

OUTPUT

PWR

EXPANSION IN

10

Power/Comm Cable From Previous VAV/Zone Controller Actuator Package, System Manager Or Power/Comm Distribution Board

Power/Comm Cable To Next VAV/Zone Controller Actuator Package, System Manager Or Power/Comm Distribution Board

REC

POWER/ CO

MM

Damper Actuator Cable

Damper Actuator

JOB NAME

FILENAME

ZCAP-MOD-Main-Wire-1A.CDR

DATE:

PAGE

1 of 1

01/16/13

OE742-31 & OE744-31 VAV/Zone Controller

S. Olson

DESCRIPTION:

Wiring DetailsActuator Package

Figure 39: OE742-31 & OE744-31 - Modular Zone Controller Actuator Package - P.I. & P.D. Wiring

60

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controller Actuator Package Wiring

Note: The Total Length Of Cable Cannot Exceed 160 Feet.

Wiring When Using A Modular Sensor

OE210-02, OE211-02, OE212-02

Or OE213-02 Modular Room Sensor

TSDRSC Or FMRSC Cable As Required. Select Cable Depending On Sensor(s) Used. See Notes Above For Details

Optional - Supply Air Temperature Sensor. Only Required When The Orion VCM-X Controller Is Not Installed On The HVAC Unit Connected To The Terminal Units. Locate In Ductwork Downstream Of The Terminal Unit

Wire To Previous And/Or Next VAV/Zone Controller Actuator Package Or Device On The Local Communications Loop Using 2 Conductor Twisted Pair With Shield Cable Available From WattMaster. All Communication Cable Used Must Be Belden 82760 Or Its Equivalent.

Line

Voltage

Modular & Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controller Wiring

OE325-01 Fan & Reheat

Expansion Module

(See Reheat Board Wiring For

Detailed Wiring Connections)

RELAYS

ANALOG

GND

AOUT

MADEIN USA

WATMASTERCONTROLS INC.

VDE

SA

DC24V

G5Q-1A4

OMRON

THERM 4-20mA

0-10V

0-5V

Connect FRP Tubing (By Others) To Terminal

Unit Air Flow Pickup Tube Hi & Lo Ports

(P.I. VAV/Zone Controller Packages Only)

www.orioncontrols.com

OE744-32-VAVZ

P.I. VAV/ZONE

CONTROLLERACTUATOR

PACKAGE

RcR1R2R3R4

VDE

SA

5A30VDC

10A250VAC~

CHINA

DC24V

G5Q-1A4

OMRON

PIC18F4520

VREF

ZONEEXPANSION

YS102252REV1

VDE

SA

5A30VDC

10A250VAC~

CHINA

DC24V

G5Q-1A4

OMRON

G5Q-1A4

OMRON

STAT

COMM

This Expansion Module Is

ANALOGINPUT

GND

AIN

Only Required For Single

Duct Terminal Units With

Reheat And All Fan

OE282

Terminal Units

10

Damper Actuator

FMRSC Cable

Note: The Total Length Of Cable Cannot Exceed 160 Feet.

Wiring When Using A Digital Room Sensor

OE217-00 / OE217-01 Digital Room Sensor

OVERRIDE ALARM

Display

Connector Not Used With This Product

TSDRSC Cable

Override

Modular Expansion Cable Supplied With OE325-01 Expansion Module

TB2

24VAC

GND

TB3

T

SHLD

R

24VAC

GND

STAT

24 VAC

GND

WattMaster Label

#LB102042-06

T

SHLD R

REC

Damper Actuator Cable

OUTPUT

PWR

EXPANSION IN

Rev. 01A

24 VAC Transformer. Size As Required For Number Of

WARNING:

When Multiple VAV/Zone Controller Actuator Packages Are Powered From A Single Transformer Polarity Must Be Observed Or Damage To The Controllers Will Result.

Controllers Connected. Each VAV/Zone Controller Actuator Package Requires 6 VA Minimum.

JOB NAME

FILENAME

ZCAP-NM-Main-Wire-1A.CDR

S. Olson

DESCRIPTION:

Wiring DetailsActuator Package

PAGE

1 of 7

DATE:

01/16/13

OE742-32 & OE744-32 VAV/Zone Controller

Figure 40: OE742-32 & OE744-32 - Non-Modular Zone Controller Actuator Package - P.I. & P.D. Wiring

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

61

Zone

FILENAME

DATE:

B. Crews

DESCRIPTION:

PAGE

DRAWN BY:

JOB NAME

1 of 6

WattMaster Part #OE325-01

w/ Modular Cable Supplied by WattMaster Mounted by Others

Expansion Module

WattMaster Part #OE325-01

w/ Modular Cable Supplied by WattMaster Mounted by Others

Expansion Module

WattMaster Part #OE325-01

w/ Modular Cable Supplied by WattMaster Mounted by Others

Expansion Module

24VAC

RC

R2

R1

R1 R2 R3

R3

24VAC

COM

24 VAC Transformer Supplied & Wired by Others. Size For Required Contactor(s) Load.

WattMaster Part # BK000047 Snaptrack Supplied by WattMaster Mounted by Others. Remove Control Board from Snaptrack & Mount Snaptrack on Box

Connect To VAV/Zone Controller Using Modular Cable Supplied By WattMaster

24VAC

COM

Fan Relay

R1

C1

R1

1st Stage Heat Contactor

Fan Relay

2nd Stage Heat Contactor

3rd Stage Heat Contactor

C2

C3

Typical Wiring for Single Duct Terminal

Typical Wiring for Fan Terminal Unit

Typical Wiring for Fan Terminal With Electric Heat

Note: 3 Stage Heating is Attained by Sizing All 3

Heating Elements For Equal KW Output. Each Element Should be Sized for 1/3 of the Total KW Output Required. ToAchieve 3 Stage Heating the System would be Configured to Energize Contactor C1 for First Stage Heat. For 2nd Stage Heat the System Would be Configured to De-energize Contactor C1 and Energize Contactor C2 & C3. For 3rd Stage Heat the System Would be Configured to Leave Contactor C2 & C3 Energized and also Energize Contactor C1.

Note: 3 Stage Heating is Attained by Sizing All 3 Heating Elements For Equal KW Output. Each Element Should be Sized for 1/3 of the Total KW Output Required. To Achieve 3 Stage Heating the System would be Configured to Energize Contactor C1 for First Stage Heat. For 2nd Stage Heat the System Would be Configured to De-energize Contactor C1 and Energize Contactor C2 & C3. For 3rd Stage Heat the System Would be Configured to Leave Contactor C2 & C3 Energized and also Energize Contactor C1.

24 VAC Contactor(s) Supplied & Wired By Others. 1 Amp Max. Load Each

24 VAC Fan Relay & Contactor(s) Supplied & Wired By Others. 1 Amp Max. Load Each

24 VAC Transformer Supplied & Wired by Others. Size For Required Fan Relay Load.

24 VAC Fan Relay Supplied & Wired By Others. 1 Amp Max. Load

ZONEEXPANSION

YS102252REV 1

WATMASTERCONTROLS INC.

MADEIN USA

Rc

R1

R2

R3

R4

AOUT

GND

RELAYS

ANALOG

OUTPUT

STAT

THERM

4-20mA

0-10V

0-5V

GND

AIN

ANALOG INPUT

VREF

EXPANSION IN

PWR

PIC18F4520

10A250VAC~

5A30VDC

SA

VDE

G5Q-1A4

OMRON

DC24V

CHINA

10A250VAC~

5A30VDC

SA

VDE

G5Q-1A4

OMRON

DC24V

CHINA

10A250VAC~

5A30VDC

SA

VDE

G5Q-1A4

OMRON

DC24V

CHINA

10A250VAC~

5A30VDC

SA

VDE

G5Q-1A4

OMRON

DC24V

CHINA

COMM

ZONEEXPANSION

YS102252REV 1

WATMASTERCONTROLS INC.

MADEIN USA

Rc

R1

R2

R3

R4

AOUT

GND

RELAYS

ANALOG

OUTPUT

STAT

THERM

4-20mA

0-10V

0-5V

GND

AIN

ANALOG INPUT

VREF

EXPANSION IN

PWR

PIC18F4520

10A250VAC~

5A30VDC

SA

VDE

G5Q-1A4

OMRON

DC24V

CHINA

10A250VAC~

5A30VDC

SA

VDE

G5Q-1A4

OMRON

DC24V

CHINA

10A250VAC~

5A30VDC

SA

VDE

G5Q-1A4

OMRON

DC24V

CHINA

10A250VAC~

5A30VDC

SA

VDE

G5Q-1A4

OMRON

DC24V

CHINA

COMM

ZONEEXPANSION

YS102252REV 1

WATMASTERCONTROLS INC.

MADEIN USA

Rc

R1

R2

R3

R4

AOUT

GND

RELAYS

ANALOG

OUTPUT

STAT

THERM

4-20mA

0-10V

0-5V

GND

AIN

ANALOG INPUT

VREF

EXPANSION IN

PWR

PIC18F4520

10A250VAC~

5A30VDC

SA

VDE

G5Q-1A4

OMRON

DC24V

CHINA

10A250VAC~

5A30VDC

SA

VDE

G5Q-1A4

OMRON

DC24V

CHINA

10A250VAC~

5A30VDC

SA

VDE

G5Q-1A4

OMRON

DC24V

CHINA

10A250VAC~

5A30VDC

SA

VDE

G5Q-1A4

OMRON

DC24V

CHINA

COMM

ZCAP-Exp-Mod-Wire-1A.CDR

01/16/12

VAV/Zone Controller Actuator Packages

Wiring DetailsOE325-01 Expansion Module

Modular & Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controller Wiring

Zone

Expansion Module Wiring

Figure 41: OE325-01 Expansion Module Wiring

62

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

Modular & Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controller Wiring

Expansion Module Wiring

Connect To Zone/VAV Controller With Modular Cable

Remove Control Board from Snaptrack & Mount Snaptrack on Box

Connect To Zone/VAV Controller With Modular Cable

Remove Control Board from Snaptrack & Mount Snaptrack on Box

EXPANSION IN

OMRON

SA

G5Q-1A4

COMM

DC24V

5A30VDC

CHINA

10A250VAC~

OMRON

SA G5Q-1A4 DC24V

OMRON G5Q-1A4 DC24V

5A30VDC

CHINA

10A250VAC~

SA

5A30VDC

CHINA

10A250VAC~

SA

5A30VDC

CHINA

10A250VAC~

PIC18F4520

STAT

THERM

4-20mA

0-10V

0-5V

VREF

AIN

GND

ANALOG INPUT

WattMaster Part #OE325-01 Relay Expansion Board

EXPANSION IN

OMRON

SA G5Q-1A4

COMM

DC24V

5A30VDC

CHINA

10A250VAC~

OMRON

SA G5Q-1A4 DC24V

OMRON G5Q-1A4 DC24V

5A30VDC

CHINA

10A250VAC~

SA

5A30VDC

CHINA

10A250VAC~

SA

5A30VDC

CHINA

10A250VAC~

PIC18F4520

STAT

THERM

4-20mA

0-10V

0-5V

VREF

AIN

GND

ANALOG INPUT

WattMaster Part #OE325-01 Relay Expansion Board

GND

AOUT

Rc

R1

R2

R3

R4

OUTPUT

ANALOG

RELAYS

YS102252REV 1

ZONEEXPANSION

AOUT

0-10 VDC Signal

_

0-10 VDC

HWV

+

PWR

MADEIN USA

WATMASTERCONTROLS INC.

VDE

COM

24VAC

24 VAC Transformer Supplied & Wired by Others. Size For Required HW Valve Load.

0-10 VDC Modulating Hot Water Valve Supplied & Wired By Others

Typical Wiring For Single Duct Terminal With Modulating Hot Water Heat

0-10 VDC Modulating Hot Water Valve Supplied & Wired By Others

GND

AOUT

Rc

R1

R2

R3

R4

OUTPUT

ANALOG

RELAYS

YS102252REV 1

ZONEEXPANSION

AOUT

0-10 VDC Signal

RC R1

24VAC

COM

_

0-10 VDC

HWV

Fan Relay

+

PWR

MADEIN USA

WATMASTERCONTROLS INC.

VDE

COM

24VAC

24 VAC Transformer Supplied & Wired by Others. Size For Required HW Valve Load.

24 VAC Transformer Supplied & Wired by Others. Size For Required Fan Relay Load.

R1

24 VAC Fan Relay Supplied & Wired By Others. 1 Amp Max. Load.

Typical Wiring For Fan Terminal With Modulating Hot Water Heat

Figure 42: OE325-01 Expansion Module Wiring

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

FILENAME

ZCAP-Exp-Mod-Wire-1B.CDR

DATE: 08/15/14

PAGE

2 of 6

VAV/Zone Controller Actuator Packages

JOB NAME

DRAWN BY:

DESCRIPTION:

B. Crews

Wiring DetailsOE325-01 Expansion Module

63

Zone

Modular & Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controller Wiring

Zone

Expansion Module Wiring

Connect To VAV/Zone Controller Using Modular Cable Supplied By WattMaster

WattMaster Part # BK000047 Snaptrack Supplied by WattMaster Mounted by Others. Remove Control Board from Snaptrack & Mount Snaptrack on Box

Connect To VAV/Zone Controller Using Modular Cable Supplied By WattMaster

WattMaster Part # BK000047 Snaptrack Supplied by WattMaster Mounted by Others. Remove Control Board from Snaptrack & Mount Snaptrack on Box

EXPANSION IN

OMRON G5Q-1A4

THERM

4-20mA

0-10V

0-5V

VREF

AIN

GND

ANALOG INPUT

WattMaster Part #OE325-01 Expansion Module w/ Modular Cable Supplied by WattMaster Mounted by Others

EXPANSION IN

THERM

4-20mA

0-10V

0-5V

VREF

AIN

GND

ANALOG INPUT

WattMaster Part #OE325-01 Expansion Module w/ Modular Cable Supplied by WattMaster Mounted by Others

DC24V

OMRON G5Q-1A4 DC24V

PIC18F4520

OMRON G5Q-1A4 DC24V

COMM

STAT

OMRON G5Q-1A4 DC24V

PIC18F4520

OMRON G5Q-1A4 DC24V

COMM

STAT

PWR

MADEIN USA

WATMASTERCONTROLS INC.

SA

VDE

5A30VDC

CHINA

10A250VAC~

SA

VDE

5A30VDC

CHINA

10A250VAC~

SA

VDE

5A30VDC

CHINA

10A250VAC~

SA

VDE

5A30VDC

CHINA

10A250VAC~

OUTPUT

ANALOG

GND

AOUT

RELAYS

RC

Rc

R1

R2

R3

R4

YS102252REV 1

ZONEEXPANSION

24VAC

COM

HWV

24 VAC Transformer Supplied & Wired by Others. Size For Required HW Valve Load.

24 VAC 2 Position HW Valve Supplied & Wired By Others. 1 Amp Max. Load.

Typical Wiring for Single Duct Terminal With 2 Position HW Valve

PWR

MADEIN USA

WATMASTERCONTROLS INC.

SA

VDE

5A30VDC

CHINA

10A250VAC~

SA

VDE

5A30VDC

CHINA

10A250VAC~

SA

VDE

5A30VDC

CHINA

10A250VAC~

SA

VDE

5A30VDC

CHINA

10A250VAC~

OUTPUT

ANALOG

GND

AOUT

RELAYS

RC

Rc

R1

R2

R3

R4

YS102252REV 1

ZONEEXPANSION

24VAC

COM

Fan Relay

R1

HWV

24 VAC Transformer Supplied & Wired by Others. Size For Required HW Valve & Fan Relay Load.

24 VAC Fan Relay Supplied & Wired By Others. 1 Amp Max. Load.

24 VAC 2 Position HW Valve Supplied & Wired By Others. 1 Amp Max. Load.

Figure 43: OE325-01 Expansion Module Wiring

64

Typical Wiring for Fan Terminal With 2 Position HW Valve

JOB NAME

FILENAME

ZCAP-Exp-Mod-Wire-1A.CDR

DATE: 01/16/13

PAGE

3 of 6

VAV/Zone Controller Actuator Packages

DRAWN BY:

DESCRIPTION:

B. Crews

Wiring DetailsOE325-01 Expansion Module

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

Connect To VAV/Zone Controller Using Modular Cable Supplied By WattMaster

WattMaster Part # BK000047 Snaptrack Supplied by WattMaster Mounted by Others. Remove Control Board from Snaptrack & Mount Snaptrack on Box

Connect To VAV/Zone Controller Using Modular Cable Supplied By WattMaster

WattMaster Part # BK000047 Snaptrack Supplied by WattMaster Mounted by Others. Remove Control Board from Snaptrack & Mount Snaptrack on Box

Modular & Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controller Wiring

Expansion Module Wiring

OUTPUT

EXPANSION IN

OMRON G5Q-1A4

THERM

4-20mA

0-10V

0-5V

VREF

AIN

GND

ANALOG INPUT

WattMaster Part #OE325-01 Expansion Module w/ Modular Cable Supplied by WattMaster Mounted by Others

EXPANSION IN

THERM

4-20mA

0-10V

0-5V

VREF

AIN

GND

ANALOG INPUT

WattMaster Part #OE325-01 Expansion Module w/ Modular Cable Supplied by WattMaster Mounted by Others

DC24V

CHINA OMRON G5Q-1A4

DC24V

PIC18F4520

CHINA OMRON G5Q-1A4

DC24V

CHINA OMRON G5Q-1A4

DC24V

COMM

STAT

CHINA

OMRON G5Q-1A4

DC24V

CHINA OMRON G5Q-1A4

DC24V

PIC18F4520

CHINA OMRON G5Q-1A4

DC24V

CHINA OMRON G5Q-1A4

DC24V

COMM

STAT

CHINA

SA

5A30VDC

10A250VAC~

SA

5A30VDC

10A250VAC~

SA

5A30VDC

10A250VAC~

SA

5A30VDC

10A250VAC~

SA

5A30VDC

10A250VAC~

SA

5A30VDC

10A250VAC~

SA

5A30VDC

10A250VAC~

SA

5A30VDC

10A250VAC~

PWR

GND

AOUT

MADEIN USA

WATMASTERCONTROLS INC.

VDE

Rc

R1

VDE

R2

R3

VDE

R4

VDE

PWR

GND

AOUT

MADEIN USA

WATMASTERCONTROLS INC.

VDE

Rc

R1

VDE

R2

R3

VDE

R4

VDE

GND

ANALOG

AOUT

RELAYS

YS102252REV 1

ZONEEXPANSION

SCR

0-10 VDC SCR Electric Heat Controller Supplied & Wired By Others

Typical Wiring For Single Duct Terminal With SCR Electric Heat

GND

OUTPUT

ANALOG

AOUT

0-10 VDC

RELAYS

RC R1

YS102252REV 1

ZONEEXPANSION

24VAC

COM

Fan Relay

SCR

0-10 VDC SCR Electric Heat Controller Supplied & Wired By Others

24 VAC Transformer Supplied & Wired by Others. Size For Required Fan Relay Load.

R1

24 VAC Fan Relay Supplied & Wired By Others. 1 Amp Max. Load.

Typical Wiring For Fan Terminal With SCR Electric Heat

Figure 44: OE325-01 Expansion Module Wiring

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

FILENAME

ZCAP-Exp-Mod-Wire-1A.CDR

DATE 01/16/13:

PAGE

4 of 6

VAV/Zone Controller Actuator Packages

JOB NAME

DRAWN BY:

DESCRIPTION:

B. Crews

Wiring DetailsOE325-01 Expansion Module

65

Zone

Modular & Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controller Wiring

Zone

Expansion Module Wiring

Connect To VAV/Zone Controller Using Modular Cable Supplied By WattMaster

WattMaster Part # BK000047 Snaptrack Supplied by WattMaster Mounted by Others. Remove Control Board from Snaptrack & Mount Snaptrack on Box

Connect To VAV/Zone Controller Using Modular Cable Supplied By WattMaster

WattMaster Part # BK000047 Snaptrack Supplied by WattMaster Mounted by Others. Remove Control Board from Snaptrack & Mount Snaptrack on Box

EXPANSION IN

OMRON G5Q-1A4

THERM

4-20mA

0-10V

0-5V

VREF

AIN

GND

ANALOG INPUT

WattMaster Part #OE325-01 Expansion Module w/ Modular Cable Supplied by WattMaster Mounted by Others

EXPANSION IN

THERM

4-20mA

0-10V

0-5V

VREF

AIN

GND

ANALOG INPUT

WattMaster Part #OE325-01 Expansion Module w/ Modular Cable Supplied by WattMaster Mounted by Others

DC24V

CHINA OMRON G5Q-1A4 DC24V

PIC18F4520

CHINA OMRON G5Q-1A4 DC24V

COMM

STAT

CHINA

OMRON G5Q-1A4 DC24V

CHINA OMRON G5Q-1A4 DC24V

PIC18F4520

CHINA OMRON G5Q-1A4 DC24V

COMM

STAT

CHINA

SA

5A30VDC

10A250VAC~

SA

5A30VDC

10A250VAC~

SA

5A30VDC

10A250VAC~

SA

5A30VDC

10A250VAC~

SA

5A30VDC

10A250VAC~

SA

5A30VDC

10A250VAC~

SA

5A30VDC

10A250VAC~

SA

5A30VDC

10A250VAC~

PWR

MADEIN USA

WATMASTERCONTROLS INC.

VDE

OUTPUT

ANALOG

GND

AOUT

RELAYS

RC

Rc

R1

R2

R3

R4

YS102252REV 1

ZONEEXPANSION

24VAC

COM

R4

Auxiliary Electric Heat Contactor

24 VAC Auxiliary Electric Heat Contactor Supplied & Wired By Others. 1 Amp Max. Load.

24 VAC Transformer Supplied & Wired by Others. Size For Required Auxiliary Electric Heat Contactor Load.

C1

Typical Wiring For Single Duct Terminal With Auxiliary Electric Heat

PWR

MADEIN USA

WATMASTERCONTROLS INC.

VDE

OUTPUT

ANALOG

GND

AOUT

RELAYS

RC

Rc

R1

R2

R3

R4

YS102252REV 1

ZONEEXPANSION

24VAC

COM

Fan Relay

R1

Auxiliary Electric

Heat Contactor

24 VAC Transformer Supplied & Wired by Others. Size For Required Fan Relay & Auxiliary Electric Heat Contactor Load.

24 VAC Fan Relay & Auxilliary Electric Heat Contactor Supplied & Wired By Others. 1 Amp Max. Load.

C1

Typical Wiring For Fan Terminal With Auxiliary Electric Heat

Figure 45: OE325-01 Expansion Module Wiring

66

JOB NAME

FILENAME

ZCAP-Exp-Mod-Wire-1A.CDR

DATE: 01/16/13

PAGE

5 of 6

VAV/Zone Controller Actuator Packages

DRAWN BY:

DESCRIPTION:

B. Crews

Wiring DetailsOE325-01 Expansion Module

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

Modular & Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controller Wiring

Expansion Module Wiring

Connect To VAV/Zone Controller Using Modular Cable Supplied By WattMaster

WattMaster Part # BK000047 Snaptrack Supplied by WattMaster Mounted by Others. Remove Control Board from Snaptrack & Mount Snaptrack on Box

Connect To VAV/Zone Controller Using Modular Cable Supplied By WattMaster

WattMaster Part # BK000047 Snaptrack Supplied by WattMaster Mounted by Others. Remove Control Board from Snaptrack & Mount Snaptrack on Box

EXPANSION IN

OMRON

SA

G5Q-1A4

THERM

4-20mA

0-10V

0-5V

VREF

AIN

GND

ANALOG INPUT

WattMaster Part #OE325-01 Relay Expansion Board w/ Modular Cable Supplied by WattMaster Mounted by Others

EXPANSION IN

THERM

4-20mA

0-10V

0-5V

VREF

AIN

GND

ANALOG INPUT

WattMaster Part #OE325-01 Relay Expansion Board w/ Modular Cable Supplied by WattMaster Mounted by Others

DC24V

5A30VDC

CHINA

10A250VAC~

OMRON

SA G5Q-1A4 DC24V

OMRON G5Q-1A4 DC24V

5A30VDC

CHINA

10A250VAC~

SA

5A30VDC

CHINA

10A250VAC~

SA

5A30VDC

CHINA

10A250VAC~

SA

5A30VDC

CHINA

10A250VAC~

SA

5A30VDC

CHINA

10A250VAC~

SA

5A30VDC

CHINA

10A250VAC~

SA

5A30VDC

CHINA

10A250VAC~

PIC18F4520

COMM

STAT

PIC18F4520

COMM

STAT

PWR

MADEIN USA

WATMASTERCONTROLS INC.

VDE

24 VAC 2 Position Auxiliary HW Valve Supplied & Wired By Others. 1 Amp Max. Load

PWR

MADEIN USA

WATMASTERCONTROLS INC.

VDE

24 VAC 2 Position Auxiliary HW Valve Supplied & Wired By Others. 1 Amp Max. Load

OUTPUT

ANALOG

GND

AOUT

RELAYS

Rc

R1

R2

R3

R4

YS102252REV 1

ZONEEXPANSION

OUTPUT

ANALOG

GND

AOUT

RELAYS

Rc

R1

R2

R3

R4

YS102252REV 1

ZONEEXPANSION

24VAC

COM

HWV

24VAC

COM

Fan Relay

R1

HWV

24 VAC Transformer Supplied & Wired by Others. Size For Required Auxiliary HW Valve Load.

Typical Wiring For Single Duct Terminal With Two Position Auxiliary Hot Water Heat

24 VAC Transformer Supplied & Wired by Others. Size For Required Fan Relay & Auxiliary Hot Water Valve Load

24 VAC Fan Relay Supplied & Wired By Others. 1 Amp Max. Load.

Typical Wiring For Fan Terminal With Two Position Auxiliary Hot Water Heat

Figure 46: OE325-01 Expansion Module Wiring

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

FILENAME

ZCAP-Exp-Mod-Wire-1A.CDR

DATE: 01/16/13

PAGE

6 of 6

VAV/Zone Controller Actuator Packages

JOB NAME

DRAWN BY:

DESCRIPTION:

B. Crews

Wiring DetailsOE325-01 Expansion Module

67

Zone

Modular & Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controller Wiring

Zone

Slaved Zone Wiring

OE520-XX-M, OE736-01, OE742-31

EXPANSION D'STAT SPACESENSOR

EPROM

485 DRV

REC

POWER/ COMM

PWR

STAT

WATTMASTER CONTROLS INC

OE523, OE738, OE282-03

PAL

24 Mhz

PROCESSOR

MADE IN USA

SLAVED- ZONE ACTUATOR #2

EEPROM

ADDRESS

OFF ON

WDOG

AIRFLOW

LOW(VVT)

VELOCITY

HI(VAV)

(WHEN USED)

ACTUATOR

93C66

1 10 0

OE282

MODULAR CABLE

OE523, OE738, OE282-03

MODULAR CABLE

10

HZ000095

SLAVED-ZONE ACTUATOR #1

OE267

(PL101824) BYPASS AND

SLAVE INTERFACE CARD

CLOSE

OPEN

TB1

GND

FDBK

CLOSE

OPEN

GND

PJ2

FROM ZONE

CONTROLLER

TB2

PJ1

TOACTUATOR

LD2

OPEN

SLAVE INTERFACE

YS101824

LD1

CLOSE

BYPASSAND

(PL101824) BYPASS AND

SLAVE INTERFACE CARD

TOACTUATOR

BYPASSAND

SLAVE INTERFACE

YS101824

PJ1

GND

OPEN

TB2

CLOSE

OPEN

CLOSE

FROM ZONE

CONTROLLER

PJ2

LD2

LD1

FDBK

GND

TB1

OPEN

CLOSE

OE282 OE282

MODULAR

CABLE

HZ000095

NOT USED FOR THIS APPLICATION

(PL101824) BYPASS AND

SLAVE INTERFACE CARD

TOACTUATOR

BYPASSAND

SLAVE INTERFACE

YS101824

PJ1

GND

OPEN

TB2

CLOSE

OPEN

CLOSE

FROM ZONE

CONTROLLER

PJ2

LD2

LD1

FDBK

GND

TB1

OPEN

CLOSE

ZCAP-ZoneSlaveWire1B.CDR

DATE:

PAGE

1 of 1

MODULAR

CABLE

HZ000095

NOT USED FOR THIS APPLICATION

JOB NAME

FILENAME

08/15/2014

DRAWN BY:

DESCRIPTION:

VAV/Zone Controller Actuator Packages

B. Crews

Wiring DetailsOE267 Slaved Zone Damper

Figure 47: Slaved Zone Wiring

68

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

Communication Devices

Diagrams

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

69

Communication Devices

System Manager Stand-Alone Wiring

Modular System Manager SD Back View

GB

4

NOTE: If Desired A Power/Comm Board As Used With The Networked System Can Be Installed And Wired Instead Of Using The Pigtail Cable Wiring Shown Below. See The Networked System Wiring Diagram For Details.

NOTE: For Stand-Alone Installations (No CommLink or MiniLink), All TERM Jumpers Must Be ON. For All Applications With CommLink(s) Or MiniLink(s), All Jumpers Must Be OFF.

Use Supplied Modular Cable With Stripped Ends For Connection To Terminal Block And Transformer

WHITE (T) DRAIN WIRE (SHLD) BLACK (R) RED (24 VAC) BROWN (GND) GREEN (GND)

Class 2 Transformer

Rated For 6 VA Minimum

T SHLD

R

Controller Board

JOB NAME

FILENAME

O-ModSystemMgr-ModPigtail1E.cdr

BY:

DATE:

PAGE

1 of 1

09/23/2013

OE392-12 Modular System Manager

S. Olson

DESCRIPTION:

Wiring DetailsStand-Alone

Figure 48: OE392-12 Modular System Manager Stand-Alone Wiring

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring70

Communication Devices

System Manager Wiring Details For Using The Pigtail

01/16/13

Notes:

1.) All wiring to be in accordance with local and national electrical codes and specifications.

DATE:

DESCRIPTION:

PAGE

DRAWN BY:

Component Wiring Diagram

SysMgrPigtail1C.CDR

OE392-12 Modular System Manager

1 of 1

1.) All wiring to be in accordance with local and national electrical codes and specifications.

2.) All modular power/comm cables are to be WattMaster part

number PCC-xx or PCCE-xx cables.

Notes:

B. Crews

Notes:

1.) All wiring to be in accordance with local and national electrical codes and specifications.

WHITE (T)

BLACK (R)

RED (24 VAC)

BROWN (GND)

GREEN (GND)

Drain Wire (Shld)

LINE VOLTAGE

2-Conductor Shielded 18-Gauge Communications Wire

FILENAME

JOB NAME

OE392-12 Modular System Manager SD Back of Front Cover

Handy Box, Conduit,

Fittings, Wire Nuts,

Butt Splices Etc.,

(By Others)

Controller Board

T SHLD

R

HZ000121 Modular Pigtail Cable Supplied With System Manager

Class 2 Transformer

Rated For 6 VA Minimum

(By Others)

05/18/15

DATE:

By: S. Olson

4

GB

System Manager Modular Cable Pigtail - Wiring Detail

Figure 49: OE392-12 Modular System Manager SD Cable Pigtail - Wiring Detail

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

71

Communication Devices

System Manager Networked Wiring

Modular System Manager SD Back View

GB

4

All Modular Power/Comm Cables Are To Be WattMaster Part Number PCC-xx Or PCCE-xx Cables.

NOTE: For Stand-Alone Installations (No CommLink or MiniLink), All TERM Jumpers Must Be ON. For All Applications With CommLink(s) Or MiniLink(s), All Jumpers Must Be OFF.

Power/Comm Cables To Power/Comm

Distribution Board, MiniLink Polling Device Or VAV/Zone Controllers On Local Loop.

Figure 50: OE392-12 Modular System Manager SD Networked Wiring

JOB NAME

FILENAME

O-ModSystemMgr-ModConnect-1C.cdr

BY:

PAGE

1 of 1

DATE:

05/15/15

OE392-12 Modular System Manager

S. Olson

DESCRIPTION:

Wiring DetailsNetworked

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring72

Communication Devices

Modular Service Tool Connections

Male DIN Connector

Female DIN Connector

Typical Controller Board

Connector Cable

SD Memory Card

RS-485 Port

The Modular Service Tool Can Be Connected To Or VAV/Zone Controller By Plugging One End Of The Supplied Cable Into the Modular Service Tool DIN Connector And The Other End

EBC

Into The DIN Connector On The Controllers.

E-BUS Port

Modular Service Tool SD

Be Sure The Modular Service Tool Is Connected To The Supplied Power Pack Or Has Fresh Batteries Installed Before Attempting Programming Of The Controller. Be Sure The Power Is Turned Off On The Modular Service ToolBefore Connecting The Cable To The Controller.

A Unit Controller

Power On Button

Figure 51: OE391-12 - Modular Service Tool SD Connections

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

FILENAME

G-ModServiceTool-SD-1A.cdr

DATE:

05/15/15

1 of 1

OE391-12 Modular Service Tool

JOB NAME

S. Olso n

BY:

DESCRIPTION:PAGE

Connection Diagram

73

Communication Devices

System Manager TS II to VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring

To S Terminal On

BLACK (R)

BARE (S) WHITE (T)

WHITE (T)

BARE (S)

BLACK (R)

To TTerminal On

To R Terminal On

VCM-X Controller

T

+

BROWN (GND)

RED (24 VAC)

BROWN (GND)

RED (24 VAC)

To (24 VAC) Transformer -

To (24 VAC) Transformer +

24 VAC Transformer

5 VA Minimum

Line Voltage

Run 2 Conductor Twisted Pair W/Shield Cable. WattMaster WR-LL-WG-18 Cable Or Equivalent From System Manager TS To VCM-X Controller

OE392-10 System Manager TS II - Back View

WHITE (T)

BARE (S)

BLACK (R)

C13

.1uF

X3

C14

66.000Mhz

C20

.1uF

C19

.1uF

C18

C6

.1uF

C16

C8

.1uF

C17

R17

TERM

R26

X2

C45

8.00Mhz

J3

R46

R40

.1uF

R43

R42

C5 C4

1002

R47

1002

C50

C51

L5

.1uF

1002

D12

1002

R49

1002

R44

R37

R45

RS-485 COMMUNICATION LOOP. WIRE “R”TO “R”, “T” TO “T” “SHLD” TO “SHLD”

C14

.1uF

J1

RRSST

R48

330uF 50V 330uF

1002

C1

.1uF

R7

1002

R9

.1uF .1uF

.1uF

C23

R20

C26

1002

C25

R10

.1uF

1002

R22

1002

R24

1002

R27

R36

1002

R29

1002

R12

.1uF

1002

R14

1002

RTC

1002

CAL

1002

C39

T

AI1 SET AI2 SET AI3 SET

AI1

AI2

AI3

AI4

AI5

AI4 SET AI5 SET AI7 SET

AI7

VCM-X MODULAR E-BUS CONTROLLER

Orion No.:OE332-23E-VCMX-MOD-A

AI1= SPC (SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR) AI2

= SAT(SUPPLYAIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)

AI3

= RAT(RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)

AI4

= OAT(OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)

AI5

= SUCTION PRESSURE SENSOR (FROM EXP. MODULE)

AI7

= SPACETEMPERATURE SENSOR SLIDEADJUST

OR VOLTAGE RESETSOURCE

A01

= ECONOMIZER (2-10 VDC OUTPUT)

A02

= SUPPLYFAN VFD (0-10 VDC OUTPUT)

E-BUS

CONNECTOR

ANALOG INPUT

JUMPER

SETTINGS

AI1

AI2

AI3

AI4

AI5

AI7

ANALOG INPUTJUMPER SETTINGS MUSTBE SET AS SHOWN FOR PROPER OPERATION

STATIC

PRESSURE

THERM

LEDNAME STATUS1 STATUS2

4-20mA 0-10V

NORMALOPERATION 0 1

0-5V

SATFAIL 1 2

THERM

OATFAIL 2 2

4-20mA

SPCFAIL 3 2

0-10V 0-5V

MODULEALARM 4 2

THERM

MECHCOOL FAIL 1 3

4-20mA

MECHHEAT FAIL 2 3

0-10V 0-5V

FANPROOF FAIL 3 3

THERM

DIRTYFILTER 4 3

4-20mA

EMERGENCYSHUTDOWN 5 3

0-10V 0-5V

LOWSAT 1 4

THERM

HIGHSAT 2 4

4-20mA

CONT.TEMP COOL FAIL 3 4

0-10V

CONT.TEMP HEAT FAIL 4 4

0-5V

PUSHBUTTON OVR 1 5

THERM

4-20mA

ZONEOVR 2 5

0-10V

OUTPUTFORCE ACTIVE 0 6

0-5V

WattMaster Label #LB102073-01-A

Rev.: 1A

LEDBLINK CODES

EXPANSION

WARNING!POLARITY MUST BE OBSERVED

OR THE CONTROLLER WILLBE DAMAGED

2

IC

S

R

OE332-23E-VCMX-MOD

VCM-X E-BUS Controller - Front View

Run 2 Conductor 20 Ga. Minimum Cable From System Manager TS Terminals To 24 VAC Transformer.

WattMaster Controls, Inc

C11

C10

C9

C11

C10

C9

WQVGAGraphical Interface

.1uF

YS102178 R4

MADE IN USA

1002

5V 3.3V 2.5V

D1

.1uF

1002

V1

R11

R33

R25

C31

R19U9R28

RELAY COMMON

FAN

RELAY2

RELAY3

RELAY4

RELAY5

AAON No.:

V07150

2

IC DIGITAL

SENSOR

SW1

R13R8

1002 1002

R34 R16

GND

OFF

R

T

OPT4

OPT3

OPT2

OPT1

5V

SERIAL#

1002

R21

1002

R35

R23

1002

C36

C34 C40

R39

D11

.1uF

U13

.1uF

C41

1002

R32R31

1002

U10

L4

1002

R41

U11

R15

C27

Q2

L1

C29

R18

.1uF

1002

.1uF

C28

.1uF

C30

D2

C35

LTC3824

C2C3

1002

.1uF

1002

1002 1002

C32 R30

.1uF

R1

C12

.1uF

C15

C7

.1uF

1002

R6R5R2

+

C24

RELAYCONTACT RATING IS 1AMP MAX @ 24 VAC

24 VAC POWER ONLY

NOTE: Be Sure All Dip Switches Are Off.

TERM

NOTE: For Stand-Alone Installations (No CommLink or MiniLink), Both TERM Jumpers Must Be ON. For All Applications With CommLink(s) Or MiniLink(s), Both Jumpers Must Be OFF.

JOB NAME

FILENAME

SysMgrTS-VCM-X-1A.CDR

DATE:

01/18/13

PAGE

1 of 1

OE392-10 System Manager TS II

VCM-X Connections & Wiring

DRAWN BY:

DESCRIPTION:

B. Crews; S. Olson

Figure 52: OE392-10 System Manager TS II to VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring74

Communication Devices

System Manager TS II to VAV/Zone Controller Wiring

BARE (S)

WHITE (T)

BLACK (R)

RED (24 VAC)

GREEN (GND)

BROWN (GND)

+

Power/Comm Pigtail Cable From VAV/Zone Controller Actuator Package Or Power/Comm Distribution Board

TERM

X3

C14

.1uF

C17

8.00Mhz

R46 R43

R47

.1uF

D12

66.000Mhz

C19

.1uF

J3

R49

R44

C18

C16

TERM

1002

R45

C14

.1uF

J1

RRSSTT+

R48

330uF 50V 330uF

.1uF .1uF

.1uF

C23

R20

C26

1002

C25

R10

.1uF

1002

R22

1002

R24

1002

R27

1002

R29

R12

1002

C20

.1uF

C6

R36

1002

C8

.1uF

R17

1002

R26

1002

X2

C45

.1uF

1002

R14

RTC

1002

R40

.1uF

CAL

.1uF

1002

R42

C5 C4

C50

C51

L5

1002

C39

R37

OE392-10

System Manager TS II

Back View

NOTE: For Stand-Alone Installations (No CommLink or MiniLink), Both TERM Jumpers Must Be ON. For All Applications With CommLink(s) Or MiniLink(s), Both Jumpers Must Be OFF.

WattMaster Controls, Inc

C13

.1uF

R1

1002

C1

.1uF

R7

1002

R9

WattMaster Controls, Inc

C11

C10

C9

C11

C10

C9

WQVGAGraphical Interface

.1uF

YS102178 R4

MADE IN USA

.1uF

C12

.1uF

C15

C7

.1uF

C22

.1uF

1002

R6R5R2

5V 3.3V 2.5V

D1

U10

.1uF

C27

.1uF

C28

1002

V1

C24

R11

R33

1002

R25

C31

R19U9R28

C32 R30

SERIAL #

C34 C40

.1uF

R15 C29

1002

.1uF

LTC3824

.1uF

1002

SW1

R13R8

1002 1002

R34 R16

GND

OFF

R

T

OPT4

OPT3

OPT2

OPT1

5V

1002

R21

1002

R23

R35

1002

C36

R39

D11

.1uF

U13

.1uF

C41

1002

R32R31

1002

L4

1002

U11 Q2

R18

.1uF

C30

D2

1002

.1uF

1002 1002

R41

L1

.1uF

C35

C2C3

NOTE: Be Sure All Dip Switches Are Off.

JOB NAME

SysMgrTS-VAV-1A.CDR

DATE:

PAGE

1 of 1

Figure 53: OE392-10 System Manager TS II to VAV/Zone Controller Wiring

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

FILENAME

01/18/13

DRAWN BY:

B. Crews; S. Olson

DESCRIPTION:

OE392-10 System Manager TS II

VAV/Zone Controller Connections & Wiring

75

Communication Devices

CommLink 5 Connections & Wiring

WARNING! If You Are Using The IP Module With Your CommLink, Do Not Have Your Ethernet Connection And USB Connection Connected At The Same Time. This Could Cause Unreliable Communications.

DIAG

Optional Items Not Required For CommLink-Only Installations.

USB Cable (Included). Connect This Cable To Your Computer USB Port For Direct Connection To The CommLink 5.

NOTE: A CommLink Is Always Required With A Networked Multiple Loop System. It Is Used For Alarm Callout, Remote Connection To The Notification Or Remote Computer Connection Is Required.

System Is Desired. An IP Module Is Only Required If E-Mail Alarm

When Used With MiniLink, Switch Should Be Set To

Computer Connection, or Direct Computer

CommLink 5

Communications Interface

Multiple.

10/100

ETHERNET

ACT LNK

MULTIPLE

LOOP

COMPUTER

USB

SINGLE

BAUD

HIGH

LOW

SHLD

R(+)

485 LOOP

T(-)

GND

POWER

Serial #

24V

Connect To Controller As Required By Your Specific System Wiring Instructions.

24 VAC Power

18 Gauge 2 Conductor With Shield (Not Included) See Note 1

Optional - Prefabricated Ft. Long CAT5

10 Ethernet Cable (Included With Optional OE41502 IP Module Kit). Ethernet Router On Your LAN.

Connect To A 10/100 Base-T

If A Longer Ethernet Cable Is Required, You Will Need To Obtain (From Others) And Install An Ethernet Cable Of The Required Length For Your Installation.

NOTES:

1) For Direct Connection Via USB, Your Computer Must Have An Unused USB Port Available. Drivers For Your USB Port Are Provided On A CD Supplied With The CommLink 5. Please Follow The Directions In The CommLink 5 Technical Guide To Install And Configure The USB Drivers.

2) The CommLink 5 Cannot Communicate With The Control System Through Its Ethernet Port And USB Port At The Same Time.

3) All Wiring Must Conform To Applicable Federal, State & Local Electrical Wiring Codes.

120 to 24 VAC Power Pack (Included) Connect To 120/1/60 Duplex Receptacle (By Others)

If Desired A 24 VAC Transformer Included)

Rated At 12 VA Minimum May Be

(Not

Used Instead Of The Supplied Power Pack. Use 18 Gauge Minimum 2 Conductor Wire Between The Transformer & CommLink 5 Terminals

JOB NAME

FILENAME

CommLink5-Setup1A.cdr

01/18/13

PAGE

1 of 1

DATE:

Wiring & Connection Diagram

BY:

B. Crews, S. Olson

DESCRIPTION:

OE361-13 CommLink 5

Figure 54: OE361-13 CommLink 5 Computer Connection and Wiring

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring76

Communication Devices

IP-Module General Installation Instructions

Installing the OE415-02 IP Module into the CommLink 5

Round Pin Hole

R

GND

SH

24VAC

SH

T

IP Module Socket

IP Module Installation Instructions

Location Pin - Typ.

WiPort NR

LANTRONIX

00-20-4A-89-6B-EE

P5001000-01 Rev

W

Taiwan

Pat. 4972,470 06W

ade in

M

IP Module (Part Of OE415-02 IP Module Kit). Used When TCP/IP LAN Or Internet Communications With The Control

.A11

21

System Is Desired.

IP Module Installation Instructions:

PIC

32

First Remove The Enclosure Screws That Hold The Top And Bottom Of The CommLink Enclosure Together. Remove The Top Half Of The Enclosure To Access The Circuit Board And IP Module Socket.

Insert The IP Module’s Guide Pins Into The Round Pin Holes On The CommLink Circuit Board As Shown. When The Pins Are Properly Aligned, Press Down On The IP Module Firmly To Seat It Into Its Socket.

After Making Sure The IP Module Is Firmly Seated, Replace The CommLink Cover And Secure The Enclosure Halves Back Together With The Enclosure Screws That Were Previously Removed.

Follow The Instructions In This Guide For Installing The IP Module Software And Configuring The IP Module For Your Control System.

JOB NAME

FILENAME

IP-ModInstall1A.CDR

BY:

S. Olson

PAGE

1 of 1

DATE:

01/18/13

DESCRIPTION:

CommLink 5 IP Module Installation

Wiring & Connection Diagram

Figure 55: OE415-02 IP Module Installation Instructions

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

77

Communication Devices

On-Site Computer Connections & Wiring

S. Olson

BY:

Connect To MiniLink PD Network Terminals

(When Used)

Otherwise Connect to VCM-X E-BUS Controller

Communications Terminal

24 VAC

110 VAC To

Power Pack

(Supplied With CommLink 5)

Serial #

24V

GND

POWER

T(-)

SHLD

R (+)

485 LOOP

LOW

(Front View)

CommLink 5

Optional Computer Connection Diagram

T

SHLD

R

HIGH

USB

COMPUTER

10/100

ETHERNET

SINGLE

MULTIPLE

BAUD

LOOP

ACT LNK

DIAG

(Back View)

CommLink 5

Type B USB

485 LOOP

R G T

Typical Terminal Blocks. All Wiring To Be

T To T, SHLD (G) To SHLD (G) & R To R

Note: Set CommLink Internal Switch To “Multi” When

MiniLink PD Is Used Otherwise Switch Must Be Set To

“Single”

Cable End

CommLink 5 Must

Connect Type A Cable

End To USB Port On Desktop Or

Laptop Personal Computer & Type B

The CommLink 5 Can

USB Drivers Supplied With The

End To USB Port On CommLink 5.

Be Installed On Your Computer Before

NOTE:

USB Cable Assembly

(Supplied With CommLink 5)

Be Used

Cable End

Type A USB

JOB NAME

DESCRIPTION:

01/04/13

DATE:

FILENAME

O-VCMX-JS-Comp-Only-1A.cdr

PAGE

Wiring & Connection Diagram

VCM-X Job Site Computer Only

1 of 1

Figure 56: On-Site Computer Connection

Job-Site Laptop Computer

(By Others) with Prism 2 Software Installed

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring78

Communication Devices

Remote Job-Site Computer Connections & Wiring

S. Olson

FILENAME

BY:

DESCRIPTION:

01/04/13

DATE:

Wiring & Connection Diagram

VCM-X IP Module Job Site Computer Connections

24 VAC

110 VAC To

Power Pack

(Supplied With CommLink IV)

Connect To MiniLink PD Network

Terminals (When Used)

Otherwise Connect to VCM-X E-BUS

Controller Communications Terminal

T

SHLD

JOB NAME

R

Serial #

24V

GND

POWER

T(-)

SHLD

R (+)

485 LOOP

LOW

HIGH

BAUD

USB

COMPUTER

SINGLE

MULTIPLE

LOOP

(Back View)

10/100

ETHERNET

ACT LNK

DIAG

CAT5 Ethernet

Cable (By Others)

(Front View)

CommLink 5

w/IP Module Installed

Optional Computer Connection Diagram

Using IP-Module For Job-Site Location Connection

(By Others)

Firewall //Proxy Router/Modem

485 LOOP

O-VCMX-IP-Mod-Computer-1A.CDR

PAGE

1 of 1

R G T

Typical Terminal Blocks. All Wiring

To Be T To T, SHLD (G) To SHLD

(G) & R To R

(Supplied With IP Module)

CAT5 Crossover Ethernet Cable

Used For Setting IP Address On CommLink 5.

See IP Module Technical Guide Supplied With IP

CAT5 Ethernet Cable (By Others)

Crossover Cable After Setting IP Address And

Modem (By Others) As Desired Using Standard

Connect CommLink 5 To Firewall, Proxy, Router Or

Module For Software & Installation Details. Remove

CAT5 Ethernet

Cable (By Others)

To Next Node On

Building LAN Or WAN

Cable (By Others)

Figure 57: Remote Job-Site Computer Connection

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

Personal Computer

(By Others) with Prism 2 Software Installed

79

Communication Devices

USB-Link 2 Computer Connections & Wiring

SHLD

T

SHLD

R

Or Your MiniLink

S. Olson

BY:

Using Prism II.

Adapter

PL101904

Supplied With USB-Link

Mini-DIN Cable

Adapter

PL101905

Supplied With USB-Link

PL101904

This Only Allows Communications With The Board It Is Connected To

Use The Adapter To Plug In To ATerminal Socket And Connect

NOTE: .

The USB-Link On Boards That Don’t Have A Female Mini-DIN Plug Connection.

Mini-DIN Cable

All Controllers

. See Note 1.

P 101905L

This Allows Communications With

That Are Connected To The System

NOTE:

Use The Adapter And Wire To A Terminal Block

To Connect The USB-Link To The Local Communications Loop

On Boards That Don’t Have A Female Mini-DIN Plug Connection.

Line Voltage

24 VAC

(8 VA)

WARNING OBSERVE

POLARITY

, You Will NeedAn EPROM Upgrade Before You Can

. Set The USB-Link Communication Switch To Stand Alone, Set The Type Of CommLink In

Notes:

1. For Networked Systems, In The Event That You Have A CommLink II or CommLink III

And Have An EPROM Software Version Earlier Than 3.15 Installed In The CommLink,

View All Controllers On Your System. Contact WattMaster Technical Support For An EPROM Update.

If You HaveA CommLink IV This WIll Not Be A Problem.

Even Without The EPROM Upgrade You Can Still View A Single Controller

To Do This You Must First Disconnect The Communication Loop From The Controller Your USB-Link Is

Has An EPROM Software Version Earlier Than 3.14

Plugged Into

JOB NAME

FILENAME

Prism II To USB Link Stand Alone, And Cycle Power By Disconnecting And Reconnecting the USB Power

Supply Cable.

DESCRIPTION:

01/04/13

VCM-X Job Site USB-Link 2

Wiring & Connection Diagram

DATE:

O-VCMX-JS-USBLINK2-1A.CDR

Personal Computer.

USB Drivers Supplied With The USB-

Connect Type A Cable End To

USB Port On Desktop Or Laptop

NOTE:

1 of 1

PAGE

Before USB-Link 2 Can Be Used.

Link 2 Must Be Installed On Your Computer

Optional USB-Link 2 Connection Diagram

Mini-DIN Plug

Controller With

VCM-X Unit Controller

All

This Allows

NOTE:

That Are Supplied

Controllers That Are

Communications With

With Them.

- IN Connector On Controllers

Mini D Plug

Link

Mini-DIN Cable

Supplied With USB-

- IN Female

Connect The USB-Link

Mini D Cable To The

Figure 58: Computer Connections Using USB-Link 2

Installed

Software

Computer

(By Others)

With Prism II

.

See Note 1.

Connected To The System

Mini-DIN Port On USB-Link.

Connect Mini-DIN Cable End To

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring80

Baud Rate.

Communication Speed Switch

USB-Link 2

Depending on Your Controller’s

Must Be Set To Low or High Speed

Your Installation.

Communication Switch

Or Network Depending On

Must Be Set To Stand Alone

STANDALONE

NETWORK

USB Port On USB Link.

Connect Type B Cable End To

USB Cable

Supplied With

USB-Link

Communication Devices

MiniLink Polling Device Wiring Using Modular Connectors

ADD

B. Crews

2

1

ADD

This Switch Should Be

In The OFF Position

As Shown

CX7

U1

MiniLink Polling Device - Wiring Using Power/Comm Cables

U7

4

CX1

P1

RV1

8

16

C1

R3

C4

32

C2

X1

YS101818P552

PROCESSORPBOARD

C1

CX5

CX4

U4

CX3

U3

CX2

VREF

ADD

X1

U5

R4

Set For Address 13

Address Switch Shown Is

JOB NAME

DRAWN BY:

DESCRIPTION:

Component Wiring Diagram

OE364-22 MiniLink Polling Device

02/03/04

Controller

Address Switch

The Address For Each MiniLink PD

Must Be Unique To The Other MiniLink PDs

On The Network Loop And Be Between 1 and 60

Note:

The Power To The MiniLink PD Must Be Removed And

Reconnected After Changing The Address Switch

Settings In Order For Any Changes To Take Effect.

Disconnect All Communication Loop Wiring From The

MiniLink PD Before Removing Power From The MiniLink

PD. Reconnect Power And Then Reconnect

Caution

Set For Address 1

Communication Loop Wiring.

1.) All Wiring To Be In Accordance With Local And National Electrical

Codes And Specifications.

Notes:

2.) All Modular Power/Comm Cables Are To Be WattMaster Part

Number PCC-XX Or PCCE-XX Cables.

3) Connection To The Power/Comm Board And/Or Other MiniLink PDs Can Be

Made By Using The Local Loop Modular Connector As Shown On Page 1 Or

By Using 2 Conductor With Shield Communication Wires As Shown On

Page 2. Connections To The HVAC Unit Controller Must Be Made By Using

2 Conductor With Shield Communication Wires Only.

Address Switch Shown Is

C3

U11

YS101900PMINILINK

POLLING

DEVICE

CX6

REV.1

RN2

U6

U10

D1

U6

CX6

U1

PHILIPS

CX1

C3

1

R1

U2

RAM

EPROM

LED 1

LED 2

POWER

R2

CX2

WDOG

C10

R30X2R29

R28

C9

RN3

P3

R24

LD4

U14

NETWORK

DRIVER

CX14

U13

LOOP

DRIVER

CX13

U15

PROC.

DRIVER

CX15

LD6

0-10V

THERM

4-20mA

AIN2

C8

AIN1

0-10V

THERM

4-20mA

R27

C7

U12

R25

R26

V1

32

16 8 4 2 1

R

T

NETWORK

LOOP

LD5

R

SHLD

T

LOCAL LOOP

P4

GND

AIN 2

AIN 1

OFF=0-5V

+5V

GND

24VAC

D4

R31

P5

SHLD

C11

OFF

ADD

TB2

D5

TB1

TB4

TB3

SW1

Not Used

Communication

Wiring To Be Wired

24 VAC

Class 2

GND

24VAC

T to T, SHLD (G) to

SHLD (G)&RtoR

Transformer

Rated For

6 VA Load

Minimum

485 LOOP

T

G

R

T

SHLD

R

Line Voltage

FILENAME

O-MiniLinkPolDevWr1A.CDR

Connect To

CommLink

Terminals

Only One

HVAC Unit

Controller

Terminals

(See Note 3)

COMM

IN

P2

Power/Comm Board

“IN” Modular

DATE:

PAG E

Connector

On Next

Minilink PD

P3 or P5

Connector

On Previous

Minilink PD

MiniLink PD

To Be Connected

To CommLink.

Assemblies Should Be Wired Using 18 Ga. Min. 2 Conductor

Connector

(See Note 3)

Note: All Communication Wiring Not Utilizing Modular Cable

1of2

Twisted Pair With Shield Belden #82760 Or Equivalent.

Figure 59: OE364-22 MiniLink Polling Device Wiring Using Modular Connectors

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

81

Communication Devices

MiniLink Polling Device Wiring Using Wire Terminals

ADD

B. Crews

ADD

This Switch Should Be

CX7

U1

MiniLink Polling Device - Wiring Using Standard Communication Wire Instead Of Power/Comm Cables

2

1

In The OFF Position

As Shown

C1

U7

CX1

C4

P1

RV1

8

4

R3

X1

YS101818P552

PROCESSORPBOARD

CX4

CX3

U3

VREF

32

16

Set For Address 13

Address Switch Shown Is

JOB NAME

DRAWN BY:

DESCRIPTION:

Component Wiring Diagram

OE364-22 MiniLink Polling Device

02/03/04

FILENAME

Controller

Address Switch

ADD

The Address For Each MiniLink PD

Must Be Unique To The Other MiniLink PDs

Note:

The Power To The MiniLink PD Must Be Removed And

Reconnected After Changing The Address Switch

On The Network Loop And Be Between 1 and 60

Settings In Order For Any Changes To Take Effect.

Disconnect All Communication Loop Wiring From The

MiniLink PD Before Removing Power From The MiniLink

Caution

PD. Reconnect Power And Then Reconnect

Communication Loop Wiring.

Set For Address 1

Address Switch Shown Is

C3

X1

U11

YS101900PMINILINK

POLLING

DEVICE

CX6

C2

C1

CX5

U5

U4

CX2

R4

REV.1

RN2

U6

U10

D1

U6

CX6

U1

PHILIPS

CX1

C3

1

R1

U2

RAM

EPROM

LED 1

LED 2

POWER

C10

R30X2R29

R28

C9

RN3

P3

R24

LD4

WDOG

R2

CX2

C8

U14

NETWORK

DRIVER

CX14

U13

LOOP

DRIVER

CX13

U15

PROC.

DRIVER

CX15

0-10V

THERM

4-20mA

AIN2

AIN1

0-10V

THERM

4-20mA

R27

C7

U12

R25

R26

V1

32

16 8 4 2 1

NETWORK

LOOP

LD5

LOCAL LOOP

LD6

P4

OFF=0-5V

D4

R31

P5

R

SHLD

T

R

SHLD

T

GND

AIN 2

AIN 1

+5V

GND

24VAC

OFF

SW1

All Communication

Wiring To Be Wired

ADD

T to T, SHLD (G) to

TB4

TB3

Not Used

TB2

C11

D5

TB1

GND

24VAC

24 VAC

Notes:

SHLD (G)&RtoR

Class 2

1.) All Wiring To Be In Accordance With Local And National Electrical Codes And

Specifications.

Transformer

Rated For

6 VA Load

PCCE-XX Cables.

3) Connection To The Power/Comm Board And/Or Other MiniLink PDs Can Be Made By Using

2.) All Modular Power/Comm Cables Are To Be WattMaster Part Number PCC-XX Or

Minimum

The Local Loop Modular Connector As Shown On Page 1 Or By Using 2 Conductor With

Shield Communication Wires As Shown On Page 2. Connections To The HVAC Unit

485 LOOP

T

G

R

T

SHLD

R

Line Voltage

Controller Must Be Made By Using 2 Conductor With Shield Communication Wires Only.

T

SHLD

R

Connect To

Previous MiniLink

HVAC Unit

Controller

O-MiniLinkPolDevWr1A.CDR

Connect To

PD TB4 Terminal

Or CommLink

Terminals

(See Note 3)

T

SHLD

R

Power/Comm Board

“IN” Terminals

(See Note 3)

DATE:

PAG E

TB4 Terminals

On Next

Minilink PD

Only One

MiniLink PD

To Be Connected

Assemblies Should Be Wired Using 18 Ga. Min. 2 Conductor

Note: All Communication Wiring Not Utilizing Modular Cable

2of2

To CommLink.

Twisted Pair With Shield Belden #82760 Or Equivalent.

Figure 60: OE364-22 MiniLink Polling Device Wiring Using Wire Terminals

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring82

Communication Devices

Power/Comm Board Wiring For Local Loops

WARNING!

DO NOT GROUND THE 24V TRANSFORMER THAT IS TO BE USED WITH THE POWER/COMM BOARDS. GROUNDING OF THE TRANSFORMER WILL DAMAGE THE POWER/COMM BOARD AND ALL BOARDS CONNECTED TO IT. A SEPARATE TRANSFORMER MUST BE USED FOR EACH POWER/COMM BOARD. NO EXCEPTIONS. DO NOT CONNECT ANY OTHER DEVICES TO THE TRANSFORMER USED FOR THE POWER/COMM BOARD!

Power/Comm Cable Power/Comm Board, System Manager, Or Modular VAV/Zone Controller On Local Loop If This Is The First Power/Comm Board On The Local Loop, No Connection Is Required. See Note 2.

From Other

Connect To Modular VAV/Zone Controller If This Is First Power/Comm Board On Local Loop - Otherwise No Connection Is Required. See Note 2.

Line Voltage

24VAC Transformer (By Others) See System Configuration Installation & Commissioning Section Of This Manual For Detailed Sizing Information

4 Amp Slow Blow Fuse

CAUTION!

No Can Be

MinLink PDs Connected To The Same Power/Comm Board(s) That Are Used To Supply Power And Communications For Modular VAV/Zone Controllers And System Manager On The Local Loop.

Note: Diagram Shown Is For Wiring Of Power/Comm Board When Used For Connecting Local Loop Devices Such As Modular VAV/Zone Controllers, System Manager(s) and Other Power/Comm Boards. See Page 2 Of This Drawing For Wiring When Power/Comm Board Is Used For Connection Of MiniLink Polling Devices On The Network Loop.

24VAC

Local Loop RS-485

9600 Baud

OUT

COMMP IN

P2

YS101856

REV. 0

POWER & COMM

SHLD

R

POWER & COMM

DIST. BOARD

P4

TB1

C1

T

P5

Local Loop RS-485

TB2

VAC

24

25

F1

4A

LD1

POWER

V1

R1

D1

P1

P3

All Comm Loop Wiring Is

T

SH

R

9600 Baud

Straight Thru

T

SH

R

T

SH

R

Power/Comm Cable To Power/Comm

System Manager, Or Modular VAV/Zone Controllers On Local Loop Only.

Other Board(s),

JOB NAME

Notes:

1.) All wiring to be in accordance with local and national electrical codes and specifications.

2.) All modular power/comm cables are to be WattMaster part number PCC-xx or PCCE-xx cables. All other communication wiring to be 2 conductor twisted pair with shield (Belden #82760 or equivalent).

FILENAME

O-Pwr-CommWire1A.CDR

02/11/2004

DATE:

PAGE

1 of 2

OE365-01 Orion Power/Comm Board

DESCRIPTION:

Local Loop Wiring Diagram

Figure 61: OE365-01 Power/Comm Board Wiring When Used For Local Loop Devices

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

DRAWN BY:

B. Crews

83

Communication Devices

Power/Comm Board Wiring - When Used For Network Loop Devices

WARNING!

DO NOT GROUND THE 24V TRANSFORMER THAT IS TO BE USED WITH THE POWER/COMM BOARDS. GROUNDING OF THE TRANSFORMER WILL DAMAGE THE POWER/COMM BOARD AND ALL BOARDS CONNECTED TO IT. A SEPARATE TRANSFORMER MUST BE USED FOR EACH POWER/COMM BOARD. NO EXCEPTIONS. DO NOT CONNECT ANY OTHER DEVICES TO THE TRANSFORMER USED FOR THE POWER/COMM BOARD!

Line Voltage

24VAC

24VAC Transformer (By Others) See System Configuration Installation & Commissioning Section Of This Manual For Detailed Sizing Information

4 Amp Slow Blow Fuse

CAUTION!

No Local Loop Devices (Modular VAV/Zone Controllers, System Manager(s) Etc.) Can Be Connected To The Same Power/Comm Board(s) That Are Used To Supply Power And Communications For MinLink PDs On The Network Loop.

25

F1

OUT

From Other

COMMP IN

P2

YS101856

REV. 0

POWER & COMM

SHLD

R

POWER & COMM

DIST. BOARD

P4

Use To Connect CommLink When This Is the First Power/Comm Board On The Network Loop. Otherwise No Connection Is Required. See Note 2.

Network Loop RS-485

192000 Baud

TB1

C1

T

P5

Comm/Power Cable Power/Comm Board Used For Connecting MiniLink PDs Or Previous MiniLink PD On Network Loop. If This Is The First Power/Comm Board On The Network Loop, This Power/Comm Cable Connection Is Not Required. Instead Use The 3 Pole Terminal Block Communication Connection As Shown Below And Connect To The CommLink. See Note 2.

TB2

VAC

24

LD1

4A

P1

POWER

V1

R1

D1

P3

All Comm Loop Wiring Is

Straight Thru

T

SH

R

T

SH

R

T

SH

R

Note: Diagram Shown Is For Wiring

When Power/Comm Board Is Used For Connection Of MiniLink Polling Devices On The Network Loop. For Wiring Of Local Loop Devices Such As Modular VAV/Zone Controllers, System Manager(s) and Other Power/Comm Boards On The Local Loop See Page 1 Of This

Network Loop RS-485

19200 Baud

Drawing For Wiring .

Connect Power/Comm Cables To Power/Comm

Or MiniLink PDs On The Network Loop Only.

Notes:

1.) All wiring to be in accordance with local and national electrical codes and specifications.

2.) All modular power/comm cables are to be WattMaster part number PCC-xx or PCCE-xx cables. All other communication wiring to be 2 conductor twisted pair with shield (Belden #82760 or equivalent).

Other Distribution Board

JOB NAME

FILENAME

O-Pwr-CommWire1A.CDR

DATE:

02/11/2004

PAG E

2 of 2

OE365-01 Orion Power/Comm Board

DESCRIPTION:

Network Wiring Diagram

DRAWN BY:

Figure 62: OE365-01 Power/Comm Board Wiring When Used For Network Loop Devices

B. Crews

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring84

Add-On Devices

Add-On Devices Diagrams

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

85

Add-On Devices

EPROM

RAM

PAL

PIN 1

CPU

Lighting Panel Wiring For Standard Lighting Contactors

Required VA For Transformer

Caution: If Lighting Contactor Coil Current Draw Is More Than 2 Amps And/Or Does Not Use A 24VAC Coil, A Pilot Duty Relay That Has A Current Draw Of Less Than 2 Amps @ 24VAC Must Be Used To Energize The Lighting Contactor. ASeparate Transformer Rated For The Total Lighting Contactor(s)Or Pilot Relay Current Draw Must Always Be Used To Power The Circuit.

GND

24V

Lighting Contactors Or Pilot Duty Relays (By Others)

Light Circuit 1

Light Circuit 2

Light Circuit 3

Light Circuit 4

Light Circuit 5

Light Circuit 6

Light Circuit 7

Note:

All Circuit Board Contacts Are N.O.

!

All Contacts Are Rated For 2 Amps @

!

24VAC Pilot Duty Only Do Not Apply Any Voltage Greater Than

!

24VAC

All Lighting Contactors Must Be Wired For N.C. Operation So That System Fails To Lights On Mode.

The Address For Each Controller

Must Be Unique To The Other Controllers

Line Voltage

This Switch Must Be In The ON Position As Shown

On The Local Loop

C1

C2

C3

C4

C5

C6

C7

Each Controller = 25VA Max.

See Note 1

Line Voltage

24VAC

GND

K1

K2

K3

K4

K5

K6

K7

Lighting Panel Controller

These Switches Should Be In The OFF Position As Shown

ADD

OE310-21-LP

Light Sensor (Optional)

GND

+5V

SIG

ANALOG

INPUTS

+V +V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 G G

ANALOG

OUTPUTS

A1

A2

G

T

SH

R

Note: Set-up, Programming And Monitoring Of The Lighting Panel Controller Requires The Use Of A Personal Computer And Prism Software.

Momentary Pushbuttons

T

SH

R

(Optional)

Communications To Other

Controllers On The Local

Override Circuit #1

Override Circuit #2

Override Circuit #3

Override Circuit #4

Override Circuit #5

Override Circuit #6

Override Circuit #7

Local Loop RS-485

Loop

16

4

8

1

ADD

Address Switch Shown Is

Set For Address 1

Caution!

Controller Must Have Address Switch Set Between 1 And 60

1.)24 VAC Must Be Connected So That All Ground Wires Remain Common.

2.)All Wiring To Be In Accordance With Local And National Electrical Codes and Specifications.

Controller Address Switch

3.)All Communication Wiring To Be 18 Ga. Minimum, 2 Conductor Twisted Pair With Shield. Belden #82760 Or Equivalent.

4.)It Is Recommended That All Controllers Address Switches Are Set Before Installation.

2

Address Switch Shown Is

Set For Address 13

Figure 63: OE310-21-LP Lighting Panel Controller Wiring

86

ADD

JOB NAME

FILENAME

W-LightingPnlStd1.CDR

DATE:

05/12/04

PAGE

OE310-21-LP Lighting Panel Controller Wiring

1

Using Standard Lighting Relays

CONTROLS

DRAWN BY:

DESCRIPTION:

B. Crews

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

Add-On Devices

GPC-X Controller Wiring

Figure 64: OE332-23-GPCX GPC-X Controller Wiring

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

87

Add-On Devices

GPC-X Controller - Address Switch Setting

Figure 65: OE332-23-GPCX GPC-X Controller Addressing

88

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

Add-On Devices

GPC-XP Controller Wiring

All Communication Loop Wiring Is

Straight Through

T To T, R To R, SHLD To SHLD

Local Loop RS-485

Connect To Next Device

On The Local Loop

CommLink Jumpers

Both On = Use On Board CommLink

Both Off - Use External CommLink

Binary Inputs BIN1Through BIN8 Configured for The Following:

1. Not Used

2. Normally Closed Operation

3. Normally Open Operation

4. Read Global Binary

5. Push-Button Override

6. Follow Relay

Analog Inputs AI1Through AI8 Configured For the Following:

1. Thermistor 10K Ohm Type III Temperature Sensors (Fahrenheit)

2. Thermistor 10K Ohm Type III Temperature Sensors (Celsius)

3. 4 - 20mA User Scaled

4. 0 - 5 vdc User Scaled

5. Wall Sensor Slide Offset

6. Read Global Analog Broadcast from another Controller

7. Communicating Temperature Sensor

8. Communicating Humidity Sensor

9. Communicating Carbon Dioxide

Jumpers - Typical

Jumpers Must Be Set

Correctly For The Type Of

Input You Require.

9600 Baud

BINARY INPUTS

ANALOG INPUTS

VDC

OUTPUTS

5 VDC & 24VDC

Power For

Sensors

LOOPCOMM

TB1

TB3

TB7

TB8

T-

SH

R+

COM

AI1

AI2

AI3

AI4

AI5

AI6

AI7

AI8

GND

+24V

+5V

GND

RS-485 COMMUNICATION LOOP. WIRE “R” TO“R”, “T” TO “T” “SHLD” TO “SHLD”

ON BOA COMMLI CONNEC

R38

BIN1

300

D6

R41

BIN2

300

D7

R43

300

BIN3

R47

D8

300

RLY1 =

BIN4

D9

RLY2 =

BIN5

300

D10

RLY3 =

300

BIN6

D11

RLY4 =

300

BIN7

R61R59R55R51

D12

300

AI1 =

BIN8

D13

AI2 = BI2 = AO2 =

CUTTO ISOLATE

COMFROM GND

AI3 = BI3 = AO3 =

AI4 = BI4 = AO4 =

AI5 = BI5 =

AI6 = BI6 =

4-20mA

AI7 = BI7 =

THERM

0-10v

0-5v

AI8 = BI8 =

ANALOG

INPUT

AI1

JUMPERS

AI2

0-10V

0-5V

AI1

AI3

AI2

AI3

AI4

AI5

AI6

AI7

AI6

AI8

AI7

VDC

OUTPUTS

AI8

+ 24VDC + 5VDC GND

24 VAC

OE338-23-GPC-XP

GPC-XP Controller

RELAYCONTACT RATING IS 1AMP MAX @ 24 VAC

LED BLINK COD ES

USB

E-BUS

PORT

RELAY1

RELAY2

RELAY3

RELAY4

COMMON

RELAY5

RELAY6

RELAY7

RELAY8

COMMON

WattMaster Label

www.wattmaster.com

OE338-23-GPC-XP

GPC-XP CONTROLLER

RLY5 =

RLY6 =

RLY7 =

RLY8 =

BI1 = AO1 =

LED NAME STATUS1 STATUS2

NORMAL OPERAT ION 0 1

SCHEDULE OVERRIDE 0 2

4-20mA

THERM

NOTES:

1.)ANALOG INPUT JUMPER SETTINGS MUST BE SET FORYOUR SPECIFIC INPUT DEVICE REQUIREMENT.

2.) IT IS RECOMMENDEDTHAT YOU WRITE THE DESCRIPTION OF THE INPUT,AND/OR OUTPUTS YOUARE CONNECTING TO THE CONTROLLER IN THE BOXES PROVIDEDABOVE USINGA PERMANENT MARKER (SHARPIE) FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.

24 VAC POWER ONLY

WARNING!POLARITY MUST BE OBSERVED OR THE CONTROLLER WILL BE DAMAGED

GND

+24VAC

GND

®

#LB102095

Rev.: 1C

YS102432 REV 3

WATTMASTER CONTROLS

RLY1

RLY2

RLY3

RLY4

RLY1

RLY2

RLY3

RLY4

SERIAL #

1002

R74 U17

AOUT1-2

.1uF

C36

1002

R97

U19

AOUT3-4

.1uF

C46

GND

ADDRESS

1002

SW1

MADE IN USA

COMMON

STATUS1

STATUS2

EBUS

POWER

.1uF

24VAC Power For Relay Outputs

8 Relay Outputs Are Available For On/Off Control Of Equipment Configured For the Following:

1. Not Configured

2. On Above / Off Below

3. On Above / On Below

TB2

RELAY

OUTPUTS

TB4

ANALOG OUTPUTS

AOUT1

AOUT2

AOUT3

AOUT4

GND

TB6

1002

R21

1002

R109

1002

R16

1002

R14

C21

ADD

1 2 4 8

16 32

LOOP

BAUD

1

2

C14

.01uF

4. Off Above / On Below

5. Off Above / Off Below

6. Follow Active Binary Input

7. Follow Inactive Binary Input

8. Follow Relay Output

9. Follow Schedule

10. Ventilation Control

11. Lead Relay for Lead/Lag Control

12. Lag Relay for Lead/Lag Control

Analog Outputs AOUT1 through AOUT4 Provide (4) 0-10 VDC Outputs Configured For The Following:

1. Not Configured

2. Direct Acting Floating Point

3. Reverse Acting Floating Point

4. Direct Acting PID

5. Reverse Acting PID

ADDRESS Dipswitch

is Used for Setting

the Address and

Baud Rate.

Warning:

24 VAC Must Be Connected So That All Ground Wires Remain Common. Failure To Do So Will Result In Damage To The Controller

NOTES:

1.)24 VAC Must Be Connected So That All Ground Wires Remain Common.

2.)All Wiring To Be In Accordance With Local And National Electrical Codes and Specifications.

3.)All Communication Wiring To Be 18 Ga. Minimum, 2 Conductor Twisted Pair With Shield. Belden #82760 Or Equivalent.

4.)It Is Recommended That The Address Switch Is Set Before Installation.

Line Voltage

Transformer

Minimum

24 VAC

8 VA

EBC E-BUS Cable

Connect to

Communicating Sensor

USB Cable

Connect to Computer with

Prism II Software Installed For

Stand-Alone Programming

GPCXP-CNTRLWire-1A.CDR

DATE:

PAGE

1 of 1

JOB NAME

FILENAME

12/27/12

DRAWN BY:

DESCRIPTION:

OE332-23-GPC-XP

GPC-XP Controller Wiring

S. Olson

Figure 66: OE332-23-GPCXP GPC-XP Controller Wiring

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

89

Add-On Devices

GPC-XP Controller Addressing & Baud Rate Selection

Caution:

Disconnect All Communication Loop Wiring From The Controller Before Removing Power From The Controller. Reconnect Power And Then Reconnect Communication Loop Wiring.

Note:

The Power To The Controller Must Be Removed And Reconnected After Changing The Address Switch Settings In Order For Any Changes To Take Effect.

OE338-23-GPC-XP

BINARY INPUTS

ANALOG INPUTS

VDC

OUTPUTS

LOOPCOMM

TB1

TB3

TB7

+24V

TB8

T-

SH

R+

ON BOA COMMLI CONNEC

R38

BIN1

300

D6

R41

BIN2

300

D7

R43

300

BIN3

R47

D8

300

RLY1 =

BIN4

D9

RLY2 =

BIN5

300

D10

RLY3 =

300

BIN6

D11

300

RLY4 =

BIN7

R61R59R55R51

D12

300

AI1 =

BIN8

D13

AI2 = BI2 = AO2 =

COM

CUTTO ISOLATE

COMFROM GND

AI3 = BI3 = AO3 =

COM

AI4 = BI4 = AO4 =

COM

AI5 = BI5 =

AI6 = BI6 =

COM

4-20mA

AI7 = BI7 =

THERM

0-10v

0-5v

AI8 = BI8 =

AI1

ANALOG

INPUT

AI1

AI2

JUMPERS

AI3

AI2

AI4

AI1

AI5

AI3

AI2

AI6

AI3

AI7

AI4

AI8

AI5

GND

AI5

AI6

GND

AI7

AI6

GND

AI8

GND

AI7

VDC

OUTPUTS

AI8

+ 24VDC + 5VDC GND

+5V

GND

GPC-XP Controller

RS-485 COMMUNICATION LOOP. WIRE “R” TO“R”, “T” TO “T” “SHLD” TO “SHLD”

www.wattmaster.com

OE338-23-GPC-XP

GPC-XP CONTROLLER

RLY5 =

RLY6 =

RLY7 =

RLY8 =

BI1 = AO1 =

LED BLINK CODE S

LEDNAME STATUS1 STATUS2

NORMAL OPERATI ON 0 1

SCHEDULE OVERRIDE 0 2

4-20mA

0-10V

0-5V

THERM

NOTES:

1.)ANALOG INPUT JUMPER SETTINGS MUST BE SET FORYOUR SPECIFIC INPUT DEVICE REQUIREMENT.

2.) ITIS RECOMMENDED THAT YOU WRITE THE DESCRIPTION OFTHE INPUT, AND/OR OUTPUTSYOU ARE CONNECTING TO THE CONTROLLER INTHE BOXES PROVIDED ABOVE USINGA PERMANENT MARKER (SHARPIE) FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.

24 VAC POWER ONLY

WARNING!POLARITY MUST BE OBSERVED OR THE CONTROLLER WILLBE DAMAGED

GND

USB

E-BUS

PORT

+24VAC

RELAYCONTACT RATING IS 1AMP MAX @ 24 VAC

RELAY1

RELAY2

RELAY3

RELAY4

COMMON

RELAY5

RELAY6

RELAY7

RELAY8

COMMON

®

WattMaster Label

#LB102095

Rev.: 1C

YS102432 REV 3

WATTMASTER CONTROLS

RLY1

RLY2

RLY3

RLY4

RLY1

RLY2

RLY3

RLY4

SERIAL #

1002

R74 U17

AOUT1-2

.1uF

C36

1002

R97

U19

AOUT3-4

.1uF

C46

GND

ADDRESS

1002

SW1

MADE IN USA

COMMON

STATUS1

STATUS2

EBUS

POWER

.1uF

Baud

9600

57600

TB2

RELAY

OUTPUTS

TB4

ANALOG

OUTPUTS

AOUT1

AOUT2

AOUT3

AOUT4

GND

TB6

1002

R21

1002

R109

1002

R16

1002

R14

C21

ADD

1 2 4

8 16 32

LOOP

BAUD

1

2

C14

.01uF

Address 1 @ 9600 Baud

Address Switch Shown Is

Set For Address 1

BAUD RATE SELECTION

Switch 7 Switch 8

OFF

ON

Communication Setting

CommLink IV

CommLink 5 & Stand Alone

Address 5 @ 57,600 Baud

ADD

1 2 4 8 16

32 Baud 0 Baud 1

ADD

Controller Address Switch

The Address For Each Controller

Must Be Unique To The Other Controllers

On The Local Loop And Be Between 1 and 59

Address Switch Shown Is

Set For Address 13

1 2 4 8

16

32 Baud 0 Baud 1

ADD

FILENAME

GPCXP-AddressSwitchSet-1A.CDR

12/27/12

DATE:

PAGE

1 of 1

GPC-XP Controller Address & Baud Rate

Figure 67: OE332-23-GPCXP GPC-XP Controller Addressing & Baud Rate Selection

90

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

JOB NAME

DRAWN BY:

DESCRIPTION:

OE332-23-GPC-XP

S. Olson

Add-On Devices

GPC-XP Controller On-Board CommLink Setting

Caution:

Disconnect All Communication Loop Wiring From The Controller Before Removing Power From The Controller. Reconnect Power And Then Reconnect Communication Loop Wiring.

Note:

The Power To The Controller Must Be Removed And Reconnected After Changing The Address Switch Settings In Order For Any Changes To Take Effect.

ON-BOARD COMMLINK SETTING

Jumper 1

ON

OFF

Jumper 2

ON

OFF

Use On-Board CommLink

Use External CommLink

Both Jumpers ON

ON BOARD COMMLINK CONNECT

Both Jumpers OFF

ON BOARD COMMLINK CONNECT

Setting

BINARY INPUTS

ANALOG INPUTS

VDC

OUTPUTS

LOOPCOMM

TB1

TB3

TB7

+24V

TB8

T-

SH

R+

COM

AI1

AI2

AI3

AI4

AI5

AI6

AI7

AI8

GND

+5V

GND

RS-485 COMMUNICATION LOOP. WIRE “R” TO“R”, “T” TO “T” “SHLD” TO “SHLD”

ON BOA COMMLI CONNEC

R38

BIN1

300

D6

R41

BIN2

300

D7

R43

300

BIN3

R47

D8

300

BIN4

RLY1 =

D9

BIN5

300

RLY2 =

D10

300

BIN6

RLY3 =

D11

300

BIN7

RLY4 =

R61R59R55R51

D12

300

BIN8

AI1 =

D13

AI2 = BI2 = AO2 =

CUTTO ISOLATE

COMFROM GND

AI3 = BI3 = AO3 =

AI4 = BI4 = AO4 =

AI5 = BI5 =

AI6 = BI6 =

4-20mA

THERM

0-10v

AI7 = BI7 =

0-5v

AI8 = BI8 =

ANALOG

AI1

INPUT

JUMPERS

AI2

0-5V

AI1

AI3

AI2

AI3

AI4

AI5

AI6

AI7

AI8

AI7

VDC

OUTPUTS

AI8

+ 24VDC + 5VDC GND

OE338-23-GPC-XP

GPC-XP Controller

RELAYCONTACT RATING IS 1AMP

LED BLINK CO DES

USB

E-BUS

PORT

MAX @ 24 VAC

COMMON

www.wattmaster.com

OE338-23-GPC-XP

GPC-XP CONTROLLER

RLY5 =

RLY6 =

RLY7 =

RLY8 =

BI1 = AO1 =

LED NAME STATUS1 STATUS2

NORMAL OP ERATION 0 1

SCHEDULE OVERRIDE 0 2

4-20mA

0-10V

THERM

NOTES:

1.)ANALOG INPUT JUMPER SETTINGS MUST BE SET FORYOUR SPECIFIC INPUT DEVICE REQUIREMENT.

2.) IT IS RECOMMENDEDTHAT YOU WRITE THE DESCRIPTION OF THE INPUT,AND/OR OUTPUTS YOUARE CONNECTING TO THE CONTROLLER IN THE BOXES PROVIDEDABOVE USINGA PERMANENT MARKER (SHARPIE) FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.

24 VAC POWER ONLY

WARNING!POLARITY MUST BE OBSERVED OR THE CONTROLLER WILL BE DAMAGED

GND

+24VAC

RELAY1

RELAY2

RELAY3

RELAY4

RELAY5

RELAY6

RELAY7

RELAY8

WattMaster Label

®

#LB102095

Rev.: 1C

YS102432 REV 3

WATTMASTER CONTROLS

SERIAL #

1002

R74 U17

AOUT1-2

.1uF

C36

R97

1002

U19

AOUT3-4

.1uF

C46

GND

ADDRESS

1002

SW1

MADE IN USA

RLY1

RLY2

RLY3

RLY4

COMMON

RLY1

RLY2

RLY3

RLY4

COMMON

AOUT3

AOUT4

STATUS1

STATUS2

EBUS

POWER

.1uF

TB2

RELAY

OUTPUTS

TB4

ANALOG

OUTPUTS

AOUT1

AOUT2

GND

TB6

1002

R21

1002

R109

1002

R16

1002

R14

C21

ADD

1 2 4 8

16

32

LOOP

BAUD

1 2

C14

.01uF

GPCXP-CommLinkSwitchSet-1A.CDR

DATE:

PAGE

1 of 1

Figure 68: OE332-23-GPCXP GPC-XP Controller On-Board CommLink Setting

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

JOB NAME

FILENAME

12/27/12

DRAWN BY:

S. Olson

DESCRIPTION:

OE332-23-GPC-XP

GPC-XP CommLink Setting

91

Add-On Devices

GBD-X Controller - CO2 Applications Wiring

Figure 69: OE332-23-GBDX GBD-X Controller Wiring CO2 Applications

92

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

Add-On Devices

GBD-X Controller - CO2 Applications Wiring (Cont’d)

Figure 70: OE332-23-GBDX GBD-X Controller Wiring CO2 Applications

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

93

Add-On Devices

GBD-X Controller - Space Temp. Sensor Averaging Wiring

Figure 71: OE332-23-GBDX GBD-X Controller Wiring- Space Temperature Sensor Averaging

94

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

Add-On Devices

GBD-X Controller - Space Temp. Sensor Averaging Wiring (Cont’d)

Figure 72: OE332-23-GBDX GBD-X Controller Wiring- Space Temperature Sensor Averaging

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

95

Add-On Devices

GBD-X Controller Address Switch Setting

Figure 73: OE332-23-GBDX GBD-X Controller Addressing

96

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

Module Wiring & Connections

Module Wiring

& Connections

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

97

Module Wiring & Connections

HP1C Module Wiring When Used With The VCM-X E-BUS

NOTE:

ALL RELAY OUTPUTS

NORMALLY OPENAND

ARE RATED FOR 24 VAC POWER ONLY - 1AMP MAXIMUM LOAD

Head Pressure

Transducers

Set ADDRESS Dip

Switch 1 to ON for

Water Cooled or to OFF

for Air Cooled.

Currently showing OFF

for Air Cooled.

Set ADDRESS Dip

Switch 2 to OFF on all

communicating

applications unless it is

intended to be the Second Head Pressure Module on a system. If

set to ON, it will not

communicate. Currently

showing OFF.

+V

RD WH

GND

BK

RD WH

GND

BK

RD WH

BK

GND

RD WH

BK

GND

SIG

+5V

SIG 1

GND

+V

+5V

SIG 2

GND

+V

+5V

SIG 3

GND

+V

+5V

SIG 4

GND

BIN 1

BIN 2

BIN 3

COM

ADDRESS

PWR

WARNING!! Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24 VAC-to-24 VAC.

OE370-23-HP1C

One Condenser

Head Pressure Module

www.aaon.com

MAX @ 24 VAC

RATING IS 1AMP

WattMaster Label

#LB102057-A

Rev.: 1J

RELAYCONTACT

1COrion No.:OE370-23-HP

LED NAME STAT

BLINKSQTY. OF SENSORS INS TALLED

LED NAME

NOPROBLEMS 0

NOSENSORS DETECTED 1

HIGHHEAD PRESSURE DETECTED 2

LOWHEAD PRESSURE DETECTED 3

E-BUS

Connector

One Condenser Head Pressure Module

A1

+5V

HEAD

SIG 1

PRESSURE

GND

TRANSDUCER #1/

A2

+5V

HEAD

SIG 2

PRESSURE

GND

TRANSDUCER #2

A3

+5V

HEAD

SIG 3

PRESSURE

GND

TRANSDUCER #3

A4

+5V

HEAD

SIG 4

PRESSURE

GND

TRANSDUCER #4

COND. ENABLE INPUT

BIN 1

REV. VLV. INPUT ENABLE

BIN 2 BIN 3

NOT USED

COM

COMMON

E-BUS

Connector

COND. ENABLE

REV. VLV. ENABLE

RELAYCOMMON

COND. SIGNAL

COND. FAN COND. FAN

NOT USED NOT USED

LED BLINK CODES

NOT USED

AAON No.:

R74860

GND

PWM1PWM1+ PWM2PWM2+

ALARM

GND

R1

R2

R3

R4

RC

AO1 AO2

GND

+24 VAC

R1

R2

R3

R4

Rc

RELAYS

ANALOG

AO1

AO2

GND

PWM1-

PWM1+

PWM2-

PWM2+

ALARM

STAT

COMM

24 VAC

24 VAC Transformer

R1

R2

COMM

YELLOW BLUE +24 OUT

OPTIONS

Line Voltage

3 VA Minimum

CONDENSER A ENABLE

REVERSING VALVE A ENABLE

HVAC UNIT CONNECTION

Condenser

Signal A

+

COM

Condenser Fan

ECM Motor

Duty Cycle

+24 Volts

OPTIONS Dip Switch Setting

Not Required When

Connected To

VCM-X Modular E-BUS or

VCM-X WSHP E-BUS

Controller

Set ADDRESS Dip

Switch 4 to OFF to make reversing valve "ON to Heat / OFF to

Cool” Set to ON to make reversing valve “ON to Cool / OFF to

Heat. Currently

showing OFF.

Connect To Other

WattMaster-Approved

E-BUS Expansion

Module(s)

Wiring For One Condenser Head Pressure Module When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller

HSSC Cable

Connect To VCM-X E-BUS

Controller or VCM-X WSHP E-BUS

Controller

JOB NAME

FILENAME

HP1C-1A.CDR

DATE:

06/04/15

PAG E

AAON One Condenser Head Pressure Wiring

1

When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller

DRAWN BY:

DESCRIPTION:

S. Olson

Figure 74: OE370-23-HP1C One Condenser Head Pressure Module to VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring

98

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

Module Wiring & Connections

HP2C2 Controller Wiring When Used With The VCM-X E-BUS

NOTE:

ALL RELAY OUTPUTS

NORMALLY OPENAND

ARE RATED FOR 24 VAC POWER ONLY - 1AMP MAXIMUM LOAD

CONDENSER A ENABLE

REVERSING VALVEA ENABLE

CONDENSER B ENABLE

REVERSING VALVE B ENABLE

Condenser

Signal A

+

COM

Condenser

Signal B

+

COM

Condenser Fan A

YELLOW

BLUE +24 OUT

YELLOW

BLUE +24 OUT

OPTIONS Dip Switch Setting

Not Required When Connected

To VCM-X E-BUS

ECM Motor

+24 Volts

Condenser Fan B

ECM Motor

Duty Cycle

+24 Volts

Head Pressure

Transducers

RD

WH

BK

RD

WH

BK

RD

WH

BK

RD

WH

BK

Set ADDRESS Dip Switch 1 to ON for Water

Cooled or to OFF for Air Cooled. Currently

showing OFF for Air Cooled.

Set ADDRESS Dip Switch 2 to OFF on all

communicating applications unless it is

intended to be the Second Head Pressure

Module on a system. If set to ON, it will not

communicate. Currently showing OFF.

Set ADDRESS Dip Switch 3 to ON to

disable Circuit B alarms when only one

Condenser is Used. Currently showing OFF.

Set ADDRESS Dip Switch 4 to OFF to make

reversing valve "ON to Heat / OFF to Cool.”

Set to ON to make reversing valve “ON to

Cool / OFF to Heat.” Currently showing OFF.

SIG

GND

SIG

GND

SIG

GND

SIG

GND

OE370-23-HP2C2

Two Condenser

Head Pressure II Module

AAON No.:

V20660

GND

PWM1PWM1+ PWM2PWM2+

ALARM

GND

R1

R2

R3

R4

RC

AO1 AO2 GND

PWM1-

PWM1+

PWM2-

PWM2+

+24VAC

24 VAC

R1

R2

R3

R4

COMM

Rc

RELAYS

ANALOG

AO1

AO2

GND

OPTIONS

ALARM

STAT

COMM

Line Voltage

24 VAC Transformer

3 VA Minimum

+V

+5V

SIG 1

GND

+V

+5V

SIG 2

GND

+V

+5V

SIG 3

GND

+V

+5V

SIG 4

GND

BIN 1

BIN 2

BIN 3

COM

ADDRESS

PWR

www.aaon.com

Two Condenser Head Pressure II Module

A1

+5V

HEAD

SIG 1

PRESSURE

GND

TRANSDUCER #1

A2

+5V

HEAD

SIG 2

PRESSURE

GND

TRANSDUCER #2

B1

+5V

HEAD

SIG 3

PRESSURE

GND

TRANSDUCER #3

B2

+5V

HEAD

SIG 4

PRESSURE

GND

TRANSDUCER #4

COND.A ENABLE INPUT

BIN 1

REV. VLV. ENABLE INPUT

BIN 2

COND. B ENABLE INPUT

BIN 3 COM

COMMON

WattMaster Label

E-BUS

#LB102110-A

Connector

Rev.: 1A

COND.A ENABLE

REV. VLV. A ENABLE

COND. B ENABLE

REV. VLV. B ENABLE

MAX @ 24 VAC

RATINGIS 1 AMP

RELAYCONTACT

RELAYCOMMON

2C2Orion No.:OE370-23-HP

COND.A SIGNAL COND. B SIGNAL

COND. FANA COND. FANA COND. FAN B COND. FAN B

LED BLINK CODES

LED NAME STAT

BLINKSQTY. OF SENSORS INSTALLED

LED NAME

NOPROBLEMS 0

NOSENSORS DETECTED 1

HIGHHEAD PRESSURE DETECTED 2

LOWHEAD PRESSURE DETECTED 3

E-BUS

Connector

Connect To Other

WattMaster-Approved

E-BUS Expansion

Module(s)

HSSC Cable

Connect To

VCM-X E-BUS

WARNING!! Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-toGND and 24 VAC-to-24 VAC.

Wiring For Two Condenser Head Pressure Module When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller

JOB NAME

FILENAME

HP2C2-1A.CDR

DATE:

06/05/15

PAGE

Two Condenser Head Pressure Module Wiring

1

When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller

DRAWN BY:

DESCRIPTION:

S. Olson

Figure 75: OE370-23-HP2C2 Two Condenser Head Pressure Module to VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

99

Module Wiring & Connections

Full Digital Module Wiring When Used With The VCM-X E-BUS

OE370-23-FD-A

Full Digital Module

PWR

ADDRESS

+5V

SIG 1

GND

+5V

SIG 2

GND

+5V

SIG 3

GND

+5V

SIG 4

GND

BIN 1

BIN 2

COM

GND

R1

R2

R3

R4

Rc

RELAYS

ANALOG

AO1

AO2

GND

PWM1-

PWM1+

PWM2-

PWM2+

24 VAC

24 VAC Transformer

3 VA Minimum

OPTIONS

WARNING!!

Observe Polarity! All boards

ALARM

must be wired with GND-to-

STAT

COMM

GND and 24 VAC-to-24 VAC. Failure to observe polarity could result in damage to the boards.

Line Voltage

Connect To Other

WattMaster-Approved

E-BUS Expansion

HSSC Cable

Module(s)

Wiring For Full Digital Module When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller

FILENAME

FullDigital-1A.CDR

DATE:

06/05/15

PAGE

1

When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller

Full Digital Module Wiring

Figure 76: OE370-23-FD-A Full Digital Module to VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring

100

VCM-X Component & Systems Wiring

Connect To VCM-X

JOB NAME

DRAWN BY:

DESCRIPTION:

E-BUS

S. Olson

Orion VCM-X User Manual

Specifications and Main Features

Frequently Asked Questions

User Manual